Upload
doanh-kat
View
165
Download
14
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
Timer ZTE
Citation preview
Handover Control WCDMA RAN
Feature Guide
Operator Logo
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. I
Handover Feature Guide
Version Date Author Approved By Remarks
V4.5 2010-10-15 ZhangBo Liu Min
© 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved.
ZTE CONFIDENTIAL: This document contains proprietary information of ZTE and is not to be
disclosed or used without the prior written permission of ZTE.
Due to update and improvement of ZTE products and technologies, information in this document
is subjected to change without notice.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Functional Attribute ............................................................................................ 1
2 Overview .............................................................................................................. 1
2.1 Function Introduction ............................................................................................ 1 2.1.1 Soft/Softer Handover ............................................................................................ 3 2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Hard Handover ........................................................................... 3 2.1.3 Inter-Frequency Hard Handover ........................................................................... 4 2.1.4 Inter-RAT Mobility ................................................................................................. 4 2.1.5 Inter-RNC Handover with Iur Support .................................................................. 6 2.1.6 Directed Signalling Connection Re-establishment ............................................... 6 2.1.7 Coverage Based Handover .................................................................................. 6 2.1.8 Compressed Mode................................................................................................ 6 2.1.9 Neighboring Cells Priorities .................................................................................. 7 2.1.10 Handover Based on Dedicated Downlink Transmit Power .................................. 7 2.1.11 Handover Based on Dedicated Uplink Transmit Power (UE) .............................. 7 2.1.12 Quality Based Handover ....................................................................................... 7 2.1.13 SRNS Relocation .................................................................................................. 7 2.1.14 IMSI-based Handover ........................................................................................... 7 2.1.15 Inter-RAT PS Handover ........................................................................................ 8 2.1.16 DTM Handover ...................................................................................................... 8 2.1.17 NACC .................................................................................................................... 8 2.1.18 Target Cell Load Based Inter-RAT Handover ...................................................... 8 2.1.19 Handover Strategy Based on Service Type ......................................................... 8 2.1.20 Enhanced Iur-g...................................................................................................... 8 2.1.21 HS-DSCH Serving Cell Change ........................................................................... 8 2.1.22 HS-DSCH Inter-RAT Reselection ......................................................................... 9 2.1.23 HSDPA Soft/Softer Handover of A-DPCH............................................................ 9 2.1.24 HSDPA over Iur..................................................................................................... 9 2.1.25 HSUPA Soft/Softer Handover of A-DPCH............................................................ 9 2.1.26 E-DCH Serving Cell Change Inside Active Set .................................................... 9 2.1.27 E-DCH Intra-frequency Hard Handover ............................................................... 9 2.1.28 E-DCH Inter-frequency Hard Handover ............................................................. 10 2.1.29 HSUPA over Iur................................................................................................... 10 2.1.30 HSUPA Inter-RAT Reselection ........................................................................... 10
3 Compressed Mode Strategy ............................................................................ 10
3.1 Introduction to Compressed Mode ..................................................................... 10 3.2 Compressed Mode Strategy ............................................................................... 12 3.3 Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy via RNC ......................................... 14
4 Intra-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 15
4.1 Intra-Frequency Measurement ........................................................................... 15 4.1.1 Introduction to Intra-Frequency Measurement ................................................... 15 4.1.2 Measurement Control Method Related to Active Set and Monitored set .......... 16 4.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration ......................................................................... 19 4.2 Handling Mechanism for Period-based Report of Intra-Frequency Handover
Measurement...................................................................................................... 21
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. II
4.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision................................................................... 21 4.3.1 Event 1A-Triggered Handover ............................................................................ 21 4.3.2 Event 1B-Triggered Handover ............................................................................ 22 4.3.3 Event 1C-Triggered Handover............................................................................ 23 4.3.4 Event 1D-Triggered Handover............................................................................ 24 4.3.5 Time-To-Trigger Mechanism Used to Control Event Report ............................. 25 4.3.6 Handling of Intra-Frequency Events ................................................................... 25 4.3.7 Detected set Handover ....................................................................................... 26 4.3.8 Detected Set Tracing .......................................................................................... 27 4.3.9 Processing of the Rx-Tx time difference of a UE in macro diversity.................. 28 4.3.10 IUB transmission bandwidth limitation strategy.................................................. 29 4.3.11 Decision on support-CS64k traffic of target cell ................................................. 30 4.3.12 Scenarios of Intra-Frequency hard handover..................................................... 30 4.3.13 The disposal strategy of intra-frquency events in buffer .................................... 31 4.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure ................................................................ 33 4.4.1 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Add a Radio Link) .................................................... 33 4.4.2 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Delete a Radio Link) ................................................ 34 4.4.3 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Swap a Radio Link).................................................. 35 4.4.4 Intra-RNC Hard handover ................................................................................... 36 4.4.5 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface ............................................... 37 4.4.6 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface ................................................ 38
5 Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy ............................................................... 39
5.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement ........................................................................... 40 5.1.1 Introduction to Inter-Frequency Measurement ................................................... 40 5.1.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Control Method ................................................. 43 5.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration ......................................................................... 50 5.2 Handling Mechanism for Period-based Report of Inter-Frequency Handover
Measurement...................................................................................................... 52 5.3 Downlink Coverage Based Inter-Frequency Handover...................................... 52 5.4 Uplink BLER Based Inter-Frequency Handover................................................. 52 5.5 Uplink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency Handover ................................ 53 5.6 Downlink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency Handover ............................ 53 5.7 Load Control Based Handover ........................................................................... 53 5.8 Moving Speed Based Handover ......................................................................... 54 5.9 Coupling Handling of Different Handovers ......................................................... 55 5.10 Inter-Frequency Handover Procedure ................................................................ 56
6 Inter-RNC Mobility............................................................................................. 56
6.1 SRNS Relocation ................................................................................................ 56 6.1.1 Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover ............................................................. 57 6.1.2 Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover ............................................................ 59 6.2 DSCR .................................................................................................................. 60 6.3 Coupling between relocation and DSCR ............................................................ 61
7 Inter-RAT Handover Policy .............................................................................. 61
7.1 Inter-RAT Measurement ..................................................................................... 61 7.1.1 Overview of Inter-RAT Measurement ................................................................. 62 7.1.2 Control Methods for Inter-RAT Measurement .................................................... 63 7.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration ......................................................................... 69 7.2 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage .......................................... 71
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. III
7.3 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink BLER ..................................................... 71 7.4 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink Transmit Power ..................................... 72 7.5 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Transmit Power................................. 72 7.6 Handover Based on Load Control ...................................................................... 72 7.7 Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load ......................................................... 73 7.7.1 Acquirement and Update of GSM Load Condition .......................................... 73 7.7.2 Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load Process ........................................... 73 7.8 Coupling for Different Handover Causes............................................................ 74 7.9 Inter-RAT Handover Process.............................................................................. 75 7.9.1 CS Service Handover from 3G System to 2G System....................................... 75 7.9.2 PS Service Reselection in 3G to 2G Handover.................................................. 75
8 IMSI-based handover........................................................................................ 78
8.1 Querying Whether a SRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI..................... 79 8.2 Querying Whether a DRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI .................... 80
9 HSDPA-related special strategy ...................................................................... 81
9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 81 9.2 Intra-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 82 9.3 Inter-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 83 9.4 Inter-RAT Handover ............................................................................................ 84
10 HSUPA-related special strategy ...................................................................... 84
10.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 84 10.2 Intra-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 85 10.3 Inter-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 87 10.4 Inter-RAT Handover ............................................................................................ 88
11 MBMS-related special strategy ....................................................................... 88
11.1 Intra-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 89 11.2 Inter-frequency Handover ................................................................................... 89
12 Parameters and Configurations ...................................................................... 90
12.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters .............................................................. 90 12.1.1 Parameter List ..................................................................................................... 90 12.1.2 Parameter Configuration..................................................................................... 92 12.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters ............................................................ 111 12.2.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 111 12.2.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 113 12.3 SRNC Relocation Parameters .......................................................................... 133 12.3.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 133 12.3.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 133 12.4 Inter-RAT Handover Parameters ...................................................................... 135 12.4.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 135 12.4.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 137 12.5 IMSI-based Handover Parameters ................................................................... 158 12.5.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 158 12.5.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 159 12.6 HSDPA Handover Parameters ......................................................................... 166 12.6.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 166 12.6.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 166
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. IV
12.7 HSUPA Handover Parameters ......................................................................... 167 12.7.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 167 12.7.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 168 12.8 MBMS Handover Parameters........................................................................... 169 12.8.1 Parameter List ................................................................................................... 169 12.8.2 Parameter Configuration................................................................................... 169
13 Counter And Alarm ......................................................................................... 170
13.1 Counter List ....................................................................................................... 170 13.1.1 RNC Soft Handover Statistics........................................................................... 170 13.1.2 RNC Hard Handover Statistics ......................................................................... 175 13.1.3 Cell Relocation Statistics .................................................................................. 181 13.1.4 Inter-RAT Cell Handover Statistics ................................................................... 186 13.1.5 HSPA Serving Cell Change Statistics .............................................................. 194 13.1.6 Inter-cell Hard Handover Statistics ................................................................... 196 13.1.7 Inter-cell Soft Handover Statistics .................................................................... 199 13.1.8 Inter-cell Detected Set Statistics....................................................................... 201 13.1.9 Inter-RAT Inter-cell Handover Statistics ........................................................... 201 13.2 Alarm List .......................................................................................................... 203
14 Glossary ........................................................................................................... 204
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. V
FIGURES
Figure 3-1 Transmission Gap (TG) position .......................................................................... 11
Figure 3-2 Parameters of compressed mode ........................................................................ 12
Figure 3-3 Procedure for E-DCH fallback to DCH prior to initiation of compressed mode .. 13
Figure 4-1 Intra-frequency handover index quotations ......................................................... 18
Figure 4-2 Cell priority configuration...................................................................................... 20
Figure 4-3 Time-To-Trigger mechanism................................................................................ 25
Figure 4-4 Intra-frequency handover index quotations ......................................................... 27
Figure 4-5 Intra-RNC soft handover (Add a radio link) ......................................................... 33
Figure 4-6 Intra-RNC soft handover (Delete a radio link) ..................................................... 34
Figure 4-7 Intra-RNC soft handover (Swap a radio link) ....................................................... 35
Figure 4-8 Intra-RNC hard handover procedure ................................................................... 36
Figure 4-9 Inter-RNC hard handover through lur interface ................................................... 37
Figure 4-10 Inter-RNC hard handover without lur interface .................................................. 38
Figure 5-1 Inter-frequency handover index quotations ......................................................... 48
Figure 5-2 Cell priority configuration...................................................................................... 51
Figure 5-3 Example of slow-moving UE judging conditions .................................................. 55
Figure 5-4 Example of fast-moving UE judging condition ..................................................... 55
Figure 6-1 Relocation triggered by soft handover ................................................................. 57
Figure 6-2 Relocation triggered by hard handover................................................................ 59
Figure 7-1 Indexing relation for Inter-RAT handover............................................................. 68
Figure 7-2 Priority settings of cells ........................................................................................ 70
Figure 7-3 3G to 2G CS service handover ............................................................................ 75
Figure 7-4 PS service reselection initiated by an UE in the case of 3G to 2G handover ..... 76
Figure 7-5 PS service reselection initiated by the RNC in the case of 3G to 2G handover . 77
Figure 8-1 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a SRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI ....................................................................................................................................... 80
Figure 8-2 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a DRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI ....................................................................................................................................... 81
TABLES
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. VI
Table 2-1 Correspondence between handover and compressed modes............................... 2
Table 3-1 Parameters of compressed mode ......................................................................... 12
Table 11-1 Table of Principle ................................................................................................. 89
Table 12-1 Default Value of the UE Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Parameters Related to Traffic Category....................................................................................................... 99
Table 12-2 Service Type Related UE Inter-frequency Measurement Parameter ConfigurationDefault Value..................................................................................................... 124
Table 12-3 Service Type Related UE Inter-RAT Measurement Parameter Configuration Default Value .......................................................................................................................... 142
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 1
1 Functional Attribute
System version: [RNC V3.09, OMMR V3.09, Node B V4.09, OMMB V4.09]
Attribute: [Mandatory function]
Involved NEs:
UE NodeB RNC MSCS MGW SGSN GGSN HLR
√ √ √ - - - - -
Note:
*-: Not involved.
*√: Involved.
Dependent function: [None].
Mutually exclusive function: [None].
Remarks: [None].
2 Overview
2.1 Function Introduction
The cell handover strategy is required in WCDMA to implement the mobility
management of RRC connection due to the mobility of UE. It is also required to balance
traffic among cells to lower traffic in heavily-loaded cell. The service connection must not
be interrupted and QoS must be met during handover.
In the process of handover:
The handover in which a UE retains radio connection with the original cell while
establishing radio connection in a new cell is referred to as soft handover.
During soft handover, if the new and original cells are located under the same
NodeB, this type of handover is referred to as softer handover.
If UE needs to disconnect link with the original cell before setting up a link
(synchronization) with the new cell (that is, new and original links do not co-exist in
UE), this type of handover is referred to as hard handover.
A interruption will occur to UE transmitting and receiving at the time of hard handover.
Therefore, the hard handover may affect the QoS.
The handover may also be further classified into intra -frequency handover, inter-
frequency handover and Inter-RAT handover based on different cell frequency
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 2
features/access technologies before and after handover. A UE in a connection mode
can only receive the service data of single frequency, but the soft handover/softer
handover requires the UE to retain radio link with several cells concurrently, so
soft/softer handover must be intra-frequency handover. But the handover between cells
in the same frequency may not necessarily be soft/softer handover, and it may be hard
handover. The inter-frequency/Inter-RAT handover is hard handover without fail
because of the change of carrier frequency/frequency band. Generally a UE has only
one set of receiver/transmitter, so the compressed mode is necessary for inter-
frequency/Inter-RAT measurement. The following table lists the correspondence
between handover and compressed modes.
Table 2-1 Correspondence between handover and compressed modes
Softer handover
Soft handover
Hard handover
Require compression or not
Intra-frequency Y Y Y N
Inter-frequency N N Y Y
Inter-RAT N N Y Y
The handover generally involves three steps: measurement, handover decision and
handover implementation. The measurement is the prerequisite for handover, the
handover decision is the core of handover and the handover implementation is the
process of implementing the handover decision. This document primarily centers on
these three steps to illustrate the algorithm, and contains the following contents .
.Soft Handover and Softer Handover
Intra-Frequency Hard Handover
Inter-Frequency Hard Handover
Inter-RAT Mobility
Inter-RNC(with IUR)Handover
Inter-RNC Handover Without lur Interface
Compressed Mode
Adjacent Cell Priority
Change of HS-DSCH Serving Cell
Change of Serving Cell in E-DCH Active Set:
Handover Based on Dedicated Downlink Transmit Power
Handover Based on Dedicated Uplink Transmit Power (UE)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 3
QoS-based Handover
IMSI-based Handover
Associated Channel Soft/Softer Handover of HSDPA
Associated Channel Soft/Softer Handover of HS UPA
Different Active Sets of E-DCH and DCH
Handover Strategy Based on Service
SRNS Relocation
2.1.1 Soft/Softer Handover
In a soft handover, a UE maintains several radio links with different NodeBs, while in a
softer handover, a UE concurrently maintains radio link with several cells in a NodeB,
and these several cells are also known as macro diversity.
The soft/softer handover can only occur in intra-frequency cells. Compared with the hard
handover, the soft/softer handover features are as follows:
The soft and softer handovers are seamless handovers and no service will be
interrupted during handover.
Macro diversity gain: When a UE maintains radio links with several cells, the
receiver may enhance the accuracy of data receiving and link receiving quality and
lower the transmit power of all links by combining the signal receiving results of
several links.
The best cell where UE is registered may establish a radio connection with the UE
in time so as to lower the transmit power of UE.
In view of the above features, the soft and softer handovers will be taken in int ra-
frequency handover in general.
2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Hard Handover
Hard handover is a typical handover mechanism in which a UE needs to disconnect the
link with the original cell before setting up a link (synchronization) with the new cell (that
is, new and original links do not co-exist in UE). The intra-frequency hard handover is
only adopted when soft/softer handover is unavailable.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 4
2.1.3 Inter-Frequency Hard Handover
Inter-frequency hard handover means a UE in connecting state hands over from a cell
on a frequency of UTRAN to another cell on another frequency.
The factors triggering inter-frequency hard handover include radio quality, load, and
moving speed of UE.
Inter-frequency hard handover triggered by radio quality: Initiate inter-frequency
measurement when the quality of frequency where UE is currently located worsens, and
handover UE to the frequency with better quality based on inter-frequency measurement
results. The quality of the carrier frequency where the UE is currently located is
measured through the following four standards (For details, see “Inter-Frequency
Handover Strategy”):
PCPICH quality of cell in current serving carrier frequency.
Uplink Block Error Rate (BLER) of the Dedicated CHannel (DCH).
Uplink transmit power of DCH.
Downlink transmit power of DCH.
Inter-frequency hard handover triggered by cell load: When the load of cell on current
frequency is too heavy, the system switches partial services of this cell to an adjacent
cell on another frequency.
Inter-frequency hard handover triggered by moving speed of UE: It is mainly used on the
HCS network. UEs with quick moving speed are carried in macro cells and those with
slow moving speed in micro cells so as to realize appropriate traffic distribution in cells,
make full use of system resources and enhance system performance.
For non-double-receiver terminals in WCDMA, the compressed mode must be initiated
for inter-frequency measurement. The initiation of compressed mode has some impact
on the performance of both system and UE,.Therefore, compressed mode must be
initiated only when necessary (for example, when the quality of current serving carrier
frequency worsens).
2.1.4 Inter-RAT Mobility
Inter-RAT mobility refers to the mobility management conducted when a UE switches
from one UMTS to another one. Here it only applies to the mobility management for UE
to switch from UTRAN to GERAN (the mobility management from GERAN to UTRAN
belongs to the strategy of GERAN).
This function requires UE to support both WCDMA and GSM, Moreover, the GSM also
needs to offer related functions to support Inter-RAT handover. The functions required
by WCDMA are described below.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 5
WCDMA-to-GSM handover supports the following services:
Conversational services
Videophone service fallback to ordinary voice service. (3GPP R6)
PS transferred to GPRS/GERAN
For WCDMA-to-GSM handover involving CS and PS RAB combination, the system first
switches CS service to GERAN first, and then RNC releases the PS on lu interface upon
receiving the context request message from CN.The UE activates the PS service on
GERAN upon the release of CS service.
In WCDMA:
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of CS service in connected mode is implemented
through CS service handover procedure
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of PS service in CELL_DCH state is implemented
through cell reselection procedure (PS service handover) triggered on the network
side
UTRAN-to-GERAN mobility of PS service in CELL_FACH /URA_PCH state is
implemented through cell reselection procedure triggered by UE
Load-based UTRAN-to-GERAN handover of PS service in CELL_FACH state is
implemented through cell reselection procedure triggered on the network side
Inter-system mobility in connected mode must be accompanied by inter-system
relocation
The factors triggering Inter-RAT handover include radio quality and cell load.
Inter-RAT handover triggered by radio quality: Initiate Inter-RAT measurement when
quality of the frequency where the UE is currently located worsens and inter-frequency
measurement initiation conditions cannot be met or the quality of other frequencys is
also poor, and then handovers UE to the cell of GERAN based on Inter-RAT
measurement results. The quality of frequency where UE is currently located is
measured through the following four standards (For details, see “Inter-RAT Handover
Strategy”):
PCPICH quality of cell in current serving carrier frequency.
Uplink Block Error Rate (BLER) of the Dedicated CHannel (DCH).
Uplink transmit power of DCH.
Downlink transmit power of DCH.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 6
Inter-RAT handover triggered by cell load: When the load of cell in current UTRAN
system is too heavy, the system switches partial services of this cell to an adjacent cell
in GERAN.
For non-double-receiver terminals in WCDMA, the compressed mode must be initiated
for Inter-RAT measurement. Initiation of compressed mode has some impact on the
performance of both system and UE.Therefore, compressed mode must be initiated only
when necessary (for example, when the quality of current serving carrier frequency
worsens).
2.1.5 Inter-RNC Handover with Iur Support
The feature supports maintaining communication continuity in the case of a UE in
CELL_DCH state moving among inter-RNC cells. Iur interface is configured between
different RNCs to support that a UE maintains the original connection with the CN when
handing over in the coverage areas of different RNCs. There is no need to trigger the
SRNS relocation, so as to reduce the effects of SRNS relocation on service quality.
2.1.6 Directed Signalling Connection Re-establishment
The feature enables RNC to support that UE with ongoing PS service can trigger DSCR
procedure in order to interoperate with the RNC which cannot support SRNS relocation
procedure.
2.1.7 Coverage Based Handover
The feature supports utilizing the measurement report to judge the quality of radio l ink
and thus to perform handover to guarantee the service quality of the user in the case of
changing network coverage condition.
RNC supports controlling the UE to perform the intra-frequency, the inter-frequency and
the inter-RAT measurement and judges the radio link quality according to the
measurement resultof event triggerred report to trigger various handovers: soft/softer
handover, intra-frquency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover and inter-RAT
handover. RNC also supports configuating diffe rent handover parameters for different
services.
2.1.8 Compressed Mode
For non-double-receiver terminals in WCDMA, the compressed mode must be initiated
for Inter-RAT/inter-frequency measurement. The use of compressed mode means some
timeslots are specially used for inter-frequency/Inter-RAT measurement instead of data
transmission during transmitting and receiving.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 7
2.1.9 Neighboring Cells Priorities
The feature supports configuring different priorities for different cells in adjacent cell list.
It makes a UE hand over to an adjacent cell of high priority at a higher success rate to
improve the handover performance of the system.
2.1.10 Handover Based on Dedicated Downlink Transmit Power
This feature enables handover based on the dedicated downlink transmit power, and
applies to the following scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the
dedicated downlink transmit power has become very high, requiring UE handover to an
inter-frequency or Inter-RAT adjacent cell.
2.1.11 Handover Based on Dedicated Uplink Transmit Power (UE)
This feature enables handover based on the dedicated uplink transmit power, and
applies to the following scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the
dedicated uplink transmit power has become very high, requiring UE handover to an
inter-frequency or Inter-RAT adjacent cell to avoid large interference on other users.
2.1.12 Quality Based Handover
This feature enables the handover based on the uplink BLER and applies to the
following scenario: The signal of pilot frequency is acceptable, but the uplink of UE is
very unacceptable due to uplink interference or other reasons. In the event of failure of
outer loop power control, the UE needs to be handed off to an inter-frequency or Inter-
RAT adjacent cell as quick as possible to avoid call drop.
2.1.13 SRNS Relocation
This feature supports that a UE in the CELL_DCH state transfers service to a new RNC
when moving among adjacent RNC cells. When there is not Iur interface between RNCs,
SRNS relocation can maintain continuous service. When there is Iur interface between
RNCs, SRNS relocation triggered timely can reduce the transmission resource
consumption at the Iur interface.
2.1.14 IMSI-based Handover
Configure the scope of authorized cells based on the IMSI information on the network
side. The IMSI information is resolved through the CommonID on lu interface during
service setup or handover, and UE is not allowed to access or handover to unauthorized
cells.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 8
2.1.15 Inter-RAT PS Handover
The feature shortens the PS service interruption when there is a handover between
inter-RAT adjacent cells. With this feature, PS service continuityis enhanced, especially
for real-time packet service with higher QoS requirements. And user experience get
improved.
2.1.16 DTM Handover
The feature guarantees the CS service continuity combined with PS service during inter-
RAT moving. It improves user experience.
When UE with CS and PS service simultaneously moves between inter -RAT adjacent
cells, CS and PS service are handed over to inter-RAT cell in parallel via DTM
mechanism.
2.1.17 NACC
PS service will be interrupted when it is handed over to GERAN via cell reselection
procedure, which leads to bad user experience. Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC)
reduces the duration of UE inter-RAT cell reselection procedure by system information is
sended in advance.
2.1.18 Target Cell Load Based Inter-RAT Handover
The feature enables RNC to get load of 2G adjacent cells. RNC will select a GSM
adjacent cell with lower load as target cell when UE is handed over to GSM from UMTS.
2.1.19 Handover Strategy Based on Service Type
This feature determines whether and when service can be handed over to GSM based
on the service handover attribute in RAB assignment request message.
2.1.20 Enhanced Iur-g
The feature supports the enhaced Iur-g interface between GERAN BSC and 3G RNC. It
enables RNC to get capability and load of 2G cell. By employing the interface, inter-RAT
load balance can be achieved, inter-RAT handover success ratio is improved and
handover delay is decreased.
2.1.21 HS-DSCH Serving Cell Change
The HS-PDSCH has only one serving cell. During intra-system soft handover, if HS-
PDSCH exists before and after handover when the best cell changes(1D event
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 9
triggering), HS-PDSCH serving cell change will be t riggered. If there exists an HS-
PDSCH before and after hard handover, the HS-PDSCH serving cell must change.
2.1.22 HS-DSCH Inter-RAT Reselection
The feature ensures service continuity when HSDPA users moving from UMTS cell to
GSM cell. When HSDPA user with service carried on HS -DSCH channel is needed to
handover from UTMS cell to GSM cell, RNC can hand over UE to connect GSM cell
directly without falling HS-DSCH back to DCH before inter-RAT handover.
2.1.23 HSDPA Soft/Softer Handover of A-DPCH
The HSDPA service supports soft/softer handover of associated DPDCH/DPCCH, with
the policy identical with that of common soft/softer handover.
2.1.24 HSDPA over Iur
The feature enables that data transmission on HS-DSCH is retaining without HS-DSCH
falling back to DCH when HSDPA subscriber is handed over between different RNCs
over Iur.
2.1.25 HSUPA Soft/Softer Handover of A-DPCH
The HSUPA service supports soft/softer handover of associated DPDCH/DPCCH, with
the policy identical with that of common soft/softer handover.
2.1.26 E-DCH Serving Cell Change Inside Active Set
The E-DCH has only one serving cell, so if the best cell changes (1D event triggering) in
the presence of E-DCH, the change of E-DCH serving cell is triggered during intra-
system soft handover. If there exists an E-DCH before and after hard handover, the E-
DCH serving cell must change.
2.1.27 E-DCH Intra-frequency Hard Handover
The procedure of E-DCH intra-frequency hard handover is similar with DCH int ra-
frequency hard handover. If target cell supports HSUPA, intra-frequency hard handover
will accompany with E-DCH serving cell change, otherwise E-DCH will fall back to DCH.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 10
2.1.28 E-DCH Inter-frequency Hard Handover
The procedure of E-DCH inter-frequency hard handover is similar with DCH inter-
frequency hard handover. If target cell supports HSUPA, inter-frequency hard handover
will accompany with E-DCH serving cell change, otherwise E-DCH will fall back to DCH.
2.1.29 HSUPA over Iur
The feature enables that data transmission on E-DCH is retaining without E-DCH falling
back to DCH when HSUPA subscriber is handed over between different RNCs over Iur.
2.1.30 HSUPA Inter-RAT Reselection
The feature ensures service continuity when HSUPA users moving from UMTS cell to
GSM cell. When HSUPA user with service carried on E-DCH channel is needed to
handover from UTMS cell to GSM cell, RNC can hand over UE to connect GSM cell
directly without falling E-DCH back to DCH before inter-RAT handover.
3 Compressed Mode Strategy
3.1 Introduction to Compressed Mode
For non-double-receiver terminals in WCDMA, the compressed mode must be initiated
for Inter-RAT/inter-frequency measurement. The use of compressed mode means some
timeslots are specially used for inter-frequency/Inter-RAT measurement instead of data
transmission during transmitting and receiving. There are the following two ways to
generate compressed mode frames:
1 Halving of Spreading Factor (SF)
By halving the SF, the bandwidth can be increased so that some timeslots in one
radio frame can be specially assigned for inter -frequency/Inter-RAT measurement
and some can be specially assigned for data transmission. This transmission
strategy is generally used in services which raise high requirements for delay and
assurance of minimum data rate, for example, CS- and S-type PS data services.
2 Higher Layer Scheduling
The higher layer scheduling is in nature a strategy in which the higher layer adjusts
and controls the data transmission rate. Some timeslots in a radio frame can be
specially assigned for inter-frequency/Inter-RAT measurement and some can be
specially assigned for data transmission while the bandwidth remains unchanged.
This strategy is generally used for non-realtime services with low requirements for
delay, for example, I/B-type PS data services.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 11
After the compressed mode is initiated, the GAP used for transmitting/receiving
(measurement) can be placed either within one radio frame or between two radio frames,
as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 Transmission Gap (TG) position
#14#Nfirst-1
(1) Single-frame method
(2) Double-frame method
First radio frame Second radio frame
Radio frameTransmission gap
Transmission gap
#0
#14
#Nlast+1
#Nfirst-1 #Nlast+1#0
In the protocol, the Transmission Gap Length (TGL) can be set to 3, 4, 5, 7, 10 and 14
timeslots. The TG may start from any timeslot in a frame. When the TG spans two
consecutive frames, each frame at least has 8 non-compressed timeslots.
Figure 3-2 shows the parameters involved in compressed mode. The Transmission Gap
Pattern Sequence (TGPS) consists of consecutive TG patterns (TG pattern 1). One or
two TGs are defined in TG pattern. The start timeslot No. of the first TG is determined by
parameter TGSN. The number of timeslots between starting timeslots of two TGs in the
TG pattern is determined by the parameter TGD. The first TGL is determined by
parameter TGL1, and the second by parameter TGL2. If parameter TGD is not defined,
it means there is only one TG in TG pattern. Length of a TG pattern is determined by
parameter TGPL1.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 12
Figure 3-2 Parameters of compressed mode
Transmission
gap 2
TGSN
TGL2
TG pattern 1
#TGPRC
gap 1
Transmission
TGD
TGPL1
TG pattern 1
TGL1
#1 #2 #3 #4 #5
TG pattern 1 TG pattern 1 TG pattern 1 TG pattern 1 TG pattern 1
3.2 Compressed Mode Strategy
If the compressed mode is required when the UE capability message indicates the FDD
inter-frequency or Inter-RAT measurement, then the compressed mode is initiated upon
the initiation of inter-frequency or Inter-RAT measurement. The compressed mode must
be disabled in either of the following scenarios: 1) Delete inter -frequency measurement
while keeping Inter-RAT measurement disabled. 2) Delete Inter-RAT measurement while
keeping inter-frequency measurement disabled.
As is described in the above section, the strategy of halving of SF does not affect the
realtime rate of services, while that of higher layer scheduling reduces the real time rate
of services. For RT services, only the first strategy can be adopted to ensure delay and
transmission rate; for NRT services, both the first and second strategies can be adopted
because of their low requirements for delay and rate.
The above rules only apply to DCH/DCH. For HS-DSCH or E-DCH, only the higher layer
schedule is supported, as stipulated in the protocol.
The compressed mode of all services on ZTE network adopts identical parameters as
listed below:
Table 3-1 Parameters of compressed mode
GSM adjacent cell measurement FDD adjacent cell measurement
TGSN 4 (Slots) 3 (Slots)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 13
GSM adjacent cell measurement FDD adjacent cell measurement
TGL1 7 (Slots) 7 (Slots)
TGD Not configured Not configured
TGPL1 8 (Frames) 8 (Frames)
It can be seen from above parameters: When TGSN is 4 (GSM) or 3 (FDD), TGL1=7, all
GAPs of compressed mode on ZTE network fall under the same radio frame (one radio
frame in FDD has 15 slots), that is, the single frame mode is uniformly adopted.
Note: For a great majority of commercial terminals (Qualcomm-chip terminals) in current
market, the compressed mode cannot be initiated when services are carried on E -
DCH.Moreover, the capability of whether UE should supports “Initiate compressed mode
for services carried on E-DCH” is not specified in 3GPP. Therefore, when services are
carried on E-DCH and compressed mode needs to be initiated, RNC first configure E-
DCH to DCH (the reconfigured target rate is min( max(DRBC lowest of rate grades,
GBR), MaxBR)) (For DRBC rate grades, see ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature
Guide) before initiating the compressed mode. Figure 3-3 shows the procedure in which
E-DCH falls back to DCH before the initiation of compressed mode.
Figure 3-3 Procedure for E-DCH fallback to DCH prior to initiation of compressed mode
NodeBRNC
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare
UE
Measurement Report (Event 2d)
Radio Link Reconfiguration Commit
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration(E-DCH to DCH)
Radio Link Reconfiguration Ready
HS-DSCH/E-DCH
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare
Radio Link Reconfiguration Commit
Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete
Physical Channel Reconfiguration (Activate Compressed Mode)
Radio Link Reconfiguration Ready
Compressed Mode Command
Measurement Control
E-DCH downgrade
to DCH
parameters setting
Compressed mode
Activation
(whether E-DCH falls back to DCH before initiation of compressed mode is controlled
through the parameter HsupaCmAssoMode. If the parameter value is “Serial”, E-DCH
needs to fall back to DCH before the initiation of compressed mode.If the parameter
value is “Parallel”, the compressed mode is initiated directly.).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 14
For all commercial terminals in current market, the compressed mode can be initiated
directly when services are carried on HS-DSCH.
(whether HS-DSCH falls back to DCH before initiation of compressed mode is controlled
through the parameter HsdpaCmAssoMode. If the parameter value is “Serial”, HS-DSCH
needs to fall back to DCH before the initiation of compressed mode.If the parameter
value is “Parallel”, the compressed mode is initiated directly.).
In the procedure of service setup, state transition, call re-establishment and relocation
from other RNC/system to local RNC, RNC will configure accompanying compressed
mode through RADIO BEARER SETUP/RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION to UE
and RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST/RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION to NodeB.
After service setups up successfully, since the neighboring cell relation changes or the
value of IfOrRatHoSwch or ServHoSwch changes duing to the best cell change(for example,
the best cell change from the cell with only supporting inter-frequency handover to the
cell with only supporting inter-RAT handover), RNC will configure dedicated compressed
mode through PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION to UE and RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION REQUEST to NodeB.
3.3 Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy via
RNC
For inter-RNC handover, some vendors don’t support accompanying compressed mode.
To guarantee the normal procedure via IUR, ZTE performs the special strategy as
follows:
DRNC doesn’t support accompanying compressed mode
RncFeatSwitch Bit9 indicates whether neighboring RNC supports accompany configure
compressed mode parameters. If compressed mode is not activated in SRNC side, then
the method of configuration compressed mode is decided by RncFeatSwitch Bit9.
Otherwise RncFeatSwitch Bit9 is invalid, and SRNC configures compressed mode
parameters accompany and activates compressed mode.
DRNC partly supports accompanying compressed mode
Some vendors only support one type of accompanying compressed mode (inter-
frequency or inter-RAT). CompMdCfgStra is used to indicate strategy of accompanying
compressed mode configuration. When inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells
exist, if the value of CompMdCfgStra is “0”, RNC will configure two types of accompanying
compressed mode(inter-frequency and inter-RAT) ,else if the value of CompMdCfgStra is “1”,
RNC will configure only one type of accompanying compressed mode(inter-frequency or
inter-RAT) based on the specific value of IfOrRatHoSwch.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 15
4 Intra-Frequency Handover Strategy
Intra-frequency handover refers to the handover performed between cells under the
same frequency of UTRAN. The intra-frequency handover can be triggered based on
Ec/N0 or RSCP measurement through the parameter IntraMeasQuan.Intra-frequency
handover is measurement-based handover. Intra-frequency measurement contains
active set measurement, monitored set measurement and detected set measurement.
The active set refers to the collection of cells retaining radio connection with UE.
The monitored set refers to the collection of cells retaining no radio connection with UE
but requiring measurement by sending the intra -frequency measurement control
message to UE.
The detected set refers to the collection of intra-frequency cells except cells in the active
set and monitored set.
4.1 Intra-Frequency Measurement
When conducting int ra-frequency measurement, the UE needs to implement layer 3 filter
for the measurement results to avoid measurement fluctuation and then make event
decision and report by using filtered values. The layer 3 filter formula is as follows:
nnn MaFaF 1)1(
Where,
Fn-1 refers to the result of last filter.
Fn refers to the result of current measurement filter.
Mn refers to current measurement result.
a = 1/2(k/2)
refers to the filter coefficient calculated based on the filter factor K (FilterCoeff
(Intra)).
4.1.1 Introduction to Intra-Frequency Measurement
Intra-frquency measurement means to perform measurement on intra-frequency cells.
Only event-based method of reporting measurement result is supported, and parameter
SofthoMthd is invalid. The event-based report method means the UE judges whether
intra-frequency events are met based on the quality measurement result of cell
PCPICH.If so, it reports intra-frequency events (including such information as event ID,
and target cell) to the RNC.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 16
A series of int ra-frequency measurement events are defined in 3GPP as the judgment
and trigger criteria for intra-frequency handover.
Event 1A: A Primary CPICH enters the Reporting Range. It can be used for adding cell
to the active set.
Event 1B: A Primary CPICH leaves the Reporting Range. It can be used for deleting cell
from the active set.
Event 1C: A Non-active Primary CPICH becomes better than an active Primary CPICH.
It can be used for replacing the cell with bad quality in the active set.
Event 1D: The best cell changes. It can be used for soft/softer handover, intra-frequency
hard handover and inter-frequency load balance.
4.1.2 Measurement Control Method Related to Active Set and Monitored set
4.1.2.1 Measurement Setup
Configure intra-frequency measurement parameters for UE and initiate intra -frequency
measurement through measurement control setup message in the following cases:
RRC connection is set up and enters CELL_DCH state.
CELL_FACH -> CELL_DCH.
Relocation to current RNC from other systems or RNCs.
Set up intra-frequency measurement again after intra-system hard handover (including
intra- or inter-frequency hard handover).
4.1.2.2 Measurement Modification
If the intra-frequency measurement is enabled, the intra -frequency measurement
modification is triggered in the following cases:
The change of adjacent cell list may trigger the modification of intra -frequency
measurement so as to modify adjacent cell parameters after soft handover.
After the best cell changes (Event 1D), the change of intra-frequency measurement
parameters will trigger the modification of intra-frequency measurement to update
handover parameters.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 17
If a service is added or deleted, the change of intra-frequency measurement
parameters will trigger the modification of intra-frequency measurement to update
handover parameters.
4.1.2.3 Measurement Deletion
Upon receiving exceptional int ra-frequency measurement report (for example, the
measurement report belongs to non-existent measurement task), or making decision
about the relocation triggered by soft handover, the RNC will voluntarily release
corresponding intra-frequency measurement.
4.1.2.4 Parameter Configuration Strategies
Intra-frequency event parameter configuration:
There are 7 intra-frequency measurement events (1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F and 1J)
in total. The specific number of events configured is based on the parameter
MeasEvtNum (Intra), and the specific intra-frequency events configured are based
on the parameter MeaEvtId (Intra). MeaEvtId is defined through array, and the
dimensions of array equal to MeasEvtNum, which is 7 at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity:
All measurement parameters are cell-based. In macro diversity, the measurement
parameters configured in the best cell will be used as handover parameters. If the
best cell changes, the measurement parameters need to be updated at the same
time.
For handover in inter-RNC, if there has SRNC cell in active set, the measurement
parameters of the best cell in SRNC will be used as handover parameters, and if
there is no SRNC cell in activeset, the measurement parameters of the last SRNC
cell in active set will be used as handover parameters.
Configuration of several sets of handover parameters:
The intra-frequency handover parameters can be separately configured based on
measurement quantity, measurement report mode and service bearer type. In this
way, several sets of measurement parameters are necessitated for different
purposes: The specific categories are as follows:
Measurement quantity.
IntraMeasQuan (PCPICH Ec/N0 or RSCP)
Measurement report mode
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 18
SoftHoMth (Period- or event-based report, only event-based
report method is supported, and the following parameters related to period
report method are invalid: PrdMeasEcNo(Intra), PrdMeasRSCP(Intra),
PrdRptAmount(Intra) and PrdRptInterval(Intra))
Service bearer type (TrfCategory(CIntra))
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type (Used for detected set measurement)
Remark:
(1) When concurrent service exists and includes AMR service, index to RT RAB
Including Voice configuration.
(2) When concurrent service exists and includes non-AMR service, index to RT
RAB Excluding Voice configuration.
(3) When the above principles are met simultaneously, comply with the first one.
To facilitate parameter modification and optimization, the intra-frequency parameters are
index-organized, with the index quotations listed as follows:
Figure 4-1 Intra-frequency handover index quotations
Utran Cell (utranCell)UE Intra-frequence Measurement
Configuration (Intra)
UE Intra-frequence Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category
Configuration Information (CIntra)
TrfCatIntraMIdx
IntraMeasQuan
TrfCategory:
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRTRAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type
IntraMeasCfgNo
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 19
Before obtaining intra-frequency handover parameters, first find the “Service Type-
Related Intra-frequency Measurement Parameter Index (TrfCatIntraMIdx)”, “UTRAN
Intra-frequency Radio Quality Measurement Quantity (IntraMeasQuan)” from Utran Cell
(utranCell) configuration items; then find the “Intra-Frequency Measurement
Configuration No. (IntraMeasCfgNo)” from the UE Intra-frequence Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information (CIntra) configuration items based
on TrfCatIntraMIdx, "Traffic Category (TrfCategory)", “Measurement Purpose
(EvtMeasEcNo, EvtMeasRSCP)”; finally, find corresponding handover measurement
parameters from UE Int ra-frequency Measurement Configuration (Intra) configuration
items based on the “Intra-Frequency Measurement Configuration No. (IntraMeasCfgNo)”.
Note:
Each IntraMeasCfgNo corresponds to one measurement purpose, indicated with the
parameter IntraMeasCfgNote.
The correspondence between other parameters that need to be filled in intra-
frequency measurement control message and OMCR configuration is described as
follows:
Measurement report transmission mode (MeasRptTrMod)
CPICH Ec/No report indication of intra-frequency measurement cell
(EcN0RptInd)
CPICH RSCP report indication of intra-frequency measurement cell
(RscpRptInd)
Path loss report indication of int ra-frequency measurement cell
(RscpRptInd)
Whether to read SFN indication of target cell (ReadSFNInd)
Forbidden Cell Indicator for Event 1A/1B (FbdCellInd)
Measurement quantity. (MeasQuantity(Intra))
Measurement report mode (RptCrt(Intra))
Note: The parameters MeasQuantity(Intra) and RptCrt(Int ra) are automatically filled by
the system based on IntraMeasCfgNote.
For cells of neighbor RNC, if the value of Primary CPICH Power Configuration
Tag(PcpichPwrPre(externalUtranCell))is TURE,then the cell info of intra-freq
measurement should include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell. Otherwise the cell
info of intra-freq measurement shall not include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell.
4.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration
In neighboring cells configuration, adjacent cell list used for reselection in non-
CELL_DCH state and that used for handover in CELL_DCH state can be configured
separately. In handover, target cells are chosed by neighboring cells configuration state
(StateMode). When UE in macro diversity state, the neighboring cell list is the union of
neighboring cell list of each cell active set, then the number of intra -frequency
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 20
neighboring cells may exceed 32 which is the maximum number regulated by protocol. If
the number of intra-frequency neighboring cells exceeds 32, it needs to delete some
cells to ensure that there are only 32 intra-frequency neighboring cells. With minimal
impact on UE in active set, these dropped cells are those with poorer signal quality or
remoter geographical location. So each intra-frequency neighboring cell is configured
with a priority.
4.1.3.1 Cell Priority Configuration
The OMCR configuration parameter MeasPrio(utranRelation) is used to define the
priority of adjacent cells and includes three values (0: High priority; 1: Medium priority; 2:
Low priority). The specific value of MeasPrio(utranRelation) must be set by the network
planning engineer based on existing network situation (for example, adjacent cell quality
and geographical location of adjacent cell). Figure 4-2 shows the cell priority
configuration based on the geographical location of adjacent cells. Take the
configuration of cells adjacent to the innermost gray cell as an example: there are three
layers of adjacent cells surrounding the gray cell, and they are differentiated from one
another with yellow (0: Top priority), blue (1: Medium priority) and red (2: Low priority).
Figure 4-2 Cell priority configuration
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
4.1.3.2 Strategy for adjacent cells exceeding 32
As stipulated in the protocol, the maximum number of adjacent cells is 32 (including
source cell). When the UE is in the macro diversity state, the total number of intra-
frequency adjacent cells in the macro diversity may be in excess of 32, so some
strategies are required to control the number within 32, including:
Priority combination strategy
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 21
If a cell is adjacent to several cells in the active set, that is, the priority levels configured
for this cell may vary, then combine the priority levels of this cell and taking the highest
priority as the priority of the cell.
Sorting strategy
If the total number of adjacent cells in the active set is 32, the system prioritizes them in
descending order of priority and places the cells in excess of 32 in adjacent cell reserve
list which can buffer at most 64 truncated intra-frequency cells.
The priority levels of adjacent cells in intra-frequency adjacent cell list will be updated
whenever Event 1A/1B/1C/1D is triggered. If Event 1B is triggered and the number of
adjacent cells is less than 32, the system selects cells from reserve list in descending
order of priority and places them in the intra-frequency adjacent cell list. The number of
cells that can be selected: min (32 – Number of existing cells in int ra-frequency adjacent
cell list, Number of cells in reserve list).
4.2 Handling Mechanism for Period-based Report of Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement
The period-based report means the UE periodically reports the intra -frequency
measurement result based on the periodical report interval (PrdRptInterval (R7Intra) and
the amount of periodical reports (PrdRptAmount (R7Intra)) configured by RNC. The RNC
judges intra-frequency handover events in accordance with the intra -frequency event
rule defined in protocol by referring to the cell quality periodical ly reported by UE. If
several decision conditions are concurrently met, the RNC will handle events in the
sequence of 1D, 1A, 1C and 1B. Period report method is not supported.
Long interval set in the period-based report mode may result in call drop due to
handover delay. Therefore, it is recommended to set the interval to a small value. But
setting a short interval will increase the signaling load of radio interface and easily lead
to signaling congestion, so the event-based report is generally preferred.
4.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision
4.3.1 Event 1A-Triggered Handover
Event 1A means the quality of certain cell outside the active set ameliorates. Upon
receiving Event 1A, the RNC adds corresponding target cell into the active set to
enhance the gain of macro diversity. When the cell meets the conditions in the following
formula, the UE reports Event 1A to the RNC.
/2)H(RLogM10W)(1MLog10WCIOLogM10 1a1aBest
N
1i
iNewNew
A
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 22
The meanings of all parameters are described as follows:
R1a: Refers to the reporting range of Event 1A. It is used to control the extent of difficulty
in adding a cell into the active set (RptRange [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
H1a: Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1A. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in adding a cell into the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(Intra)).
MNew: Refers to measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set.
CIONew: Refers to offset of cell outside active set in relation to other cells (CellIndivOffset
(utranRelation)).
M i: Refers to the mean measurement value of other cells except the best cell in active
set.
NA: Refers to the number of other cells except the best cell in active set.
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the best cell in the active set.
W: Refers to the weight proportion (W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]) of the best cell to
the rest cells in the active set in evaluation standards.
As can be calculated from the above formula, you can increase the probability of
triggering Event 1A by either increasing R1a (Event 1A meets the reporting range
conditions) or decreasing H1a (Decision hysteresis range.Otherwise, you can reduce the
probability of triggering Event 1A.
Event 1A supports period-based report, that is, once Event 1A meets the reporting range
of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1A periodically
(EvtRptInterval[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] ) until this event does not meet reporting
conditions or the reporting times reach the maximum allowed times
(EvtRptAmount[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
There is restriction on the number of radio links in active set, so Event 1A will not be
reported once the number of cells in the active set reaches certain threshold
(RptDeactThr[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
4.3.2 Event 1B-Triggered Handover
Event 1B indicates the quality deterioration of certain cell in the active set. Upon
receiving the Event 1B, the RNC may delete the cell from the active set. When the cell
meets the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1B to the RNC.
/2)H(RLogM10W)(1MLog10WCIOLogM10 1b1bBest
N
1i
iOldOld
A
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 23
R1b: Refers to the reporting range of Event 1B. It is used to control the extent of difficulty
in dropping a cell from the active set (RptRange [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
H1b Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1B. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in dropping a cell from the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(Intra)).
MOld: Refers to measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set.
CIOOld: Refers to offset of cell in active set in relation to other cells (CellIndivOffset
(utranCell)).
M i: Refers to the mean measurement value of other cells except the best cell in active
set.
NA: Refers to the number of other cells except the best cell in active set.
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the best cell in the active set.
W: Refers to the weight proportion (W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]) of the best cell to
the rest cells in the active set in evaluation standards.
As can be calculated from the above formula, you can decrease the probability of
triggering Event 1B by either increasing R1b (Event 1B meets the reporting range
conditions) or decreasing H1b (Decision hysteresis range). Otherwise, you can increase
the probability of triggering Event 1B.
4.3.3 Event 1C-Triggered Handover
Event 1C indicates the quality of a cell in non-active set is better than that of a cell in
certain active set. Upon receiving Event 1C, the RNC may replace the cell in the active
set with a cell in non-active set to obtain better gain of macro diversity. When the cell
meets the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1C to the RNC.
/2HCIOLogM10CIOLogM10 1cInASInASNewNew
H1c Refers to the reporting hysteresis of Event 1C. It is used to control the extent of
difficulty in replacing a cell in the active set (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(Intra)).
MNew: Refers to measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set.
M InAS: Refers to the cell with poorest quality in the active set.
CIONew: Refers to offset of the to-be-evaluated cell outside the active set in relation to
other cells (CellIndivOffset (utranRelation)).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 24
CIOInAS: Refers to offset of cell with poorest quality in active set in relation to other cells
(CellIndivOffset (utranCell)).
As can be calculated from the above formula, you can decrease the probability of
triggering Event 1C by increasing H1c (decision hysteresis range); otherwise, you can
increase the probability of triggering Event 1C.
Event 1C supports period-based report, that is, once Event 1C meets the reporting
range of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1C periodically
(EvtRptInterval[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] ) until this event does not meet reporting
conditions or the reporting times reach the maximum allowed times
(EvtRptAmount[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
To ensure the gain of macro diversity, the report of Event 1C is only allowed when the
number of cells in the active set reaches certain threshold
(RplcActThr[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]).
4.3.4 Event 1D-Triggered Handover
Event 1D indicates the quality of certain cell within or outside current active set is better
than the best cell in current active set, that is, the best cell changes in the active set. The
following can be triggered upon the receipt of Event 1D:
Add a cell into the active set (the cell outside the active set reports Event 1D and
the number of links in the active set does not reach the maximum).
Replace the cell with bad quality in active set (the cell outside the active set reports
Event 1D but the number of links in the active set reaches the maximum).
The serving cell changes (for HS-DSCH/E-DCH).
When the cell meets the conditions in the following formula, the UE reports Event 1D to
the RNC.
/2HCIOLogM10CIOLogM10 1dBestBestNotBestNotBest
MNotBest: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell within or outside the
active set.
CIONotBest: Refers to the offset of the to-be-evaluated cell within the active set
(CellIndivOffset (utranCell)) or outside the active set (CellIndivOffset (utranRelation)) in
relation to other cells.
CIOBest: Refers to offset of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set in relation to other
cells (CellIndivOffset (utranCell)).
MBest: Refers to the measurement of the to-be-evaluated cell in the active set.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 25
H1d: Refers to Event 1D report hysteresis (Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(Intra)).
As can be calculated from the above formula, you can decrease the probability of
triggering Event 1D by increasing H1d (decision hysteresis range); otherwise, you can
increase the probability of triggering Event 1D.
4.3.5 Time-To-Trigger Mechanism Used to Control Event Report
If a to-be-evaluated cell meets the reporting range or threshold of certain event, the
condition must be met within a period of time (TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
(Intra)) before the reporting of this event to avoid intra -frequency event misreport due to
the fluctuation of radio quality. Take Event 1A as an example, suppose a cell meets the
reporting range, the UE only reports E vent 1A only if the cell quality meets this reporting
range condition within TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] (Int ra), as shown in
Figure 4-3.
Figure 4-3 Time-To-Trigger mechanism
Reporting event 1A
Measurement quantity
Time
TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
P CPICH 1 RptRange
[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
P CPICH 2
P CPICH 3
4.3.6 Handling of Intra-Frequency Events
Handling of Event 1A
Add links to the active set if the number of links in the DCH active set is less than 3.
Do not handle Event 1A if the total number of links in the active set reaches the
maximum.
If a link to be added to the active set is rejected in Event 1A, the handover
punishment timer (5s) is initiated so that the Event 1A reported by this rejected cell
will not be handled until the timer times up.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 26
If the cell reporting Event 1A is the target cell traced by the detected set, no link will
be added to the active set. For details, see Detected set Tracing.
If the measurement report contains several target cells, the cell with best quality
(Ec/N0) will be selected as the target cell to be added in the active set.
Handling of Event 1B
Delete the link of related cell based on Event 1B reported by UE.
If the measurement report contains several target cells, the cell with worst quality
(Ec/N0) will be selected as the target cell to be deleted from the active set.
Handling of Event 1C
Replace the cell if the radio links in active set are equal 3 .
If a link to be added to the active set is rejected in Event 1C, the handover
punishment timer is initiated so that the Event 1C reported by this rejected cell will
not be handled until the timer times up.
Handling of Event 1D
The cell triggering Event 1D is an intra-frequency adjacent cell outside the active
set. if the criterion mentioned in “2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Hard Handover” is fulfilled,
RNC will perform intra-frequency hard handover.
The cell triggering Event 1D is an intra-frequency adjacent cell outside the active
set. If the DCH active set is full, turn to Event 1C handling. If the DCH active set is
not full, turn to Event 1A handling. And if event 1A or 1C is failure due to admission
control failure, RNC will perforem intra-frequency hard handover.
If the cell triggering Event 1D is within the active set, change the best cell in the
active set.
After Active Set Update is sent from RNC to UE, if Acti ve Set Update Complete is not
received in a period of time, RNC will consider active set update to fail.
4.3.7 Detected set Handover
The detected set handover is controlled through the parameter DetSetHoSwch. If the
detected set handover is enabled, and the number of adjacent cells are exceeding 32 ,
the RNC needs to instruct the UE to report the measurement report of detected set in
the measurement control. If the target cell in the detected set event reported by UE is a
cell in the adjacent cell reserve list as described in 4.1.3.2 Cell Dropping Strategy for
Over 32 Adjacent Cells, then the RNC handles the cell in the detected set in the same
way as it does in the monitored set, that is, to make decision about handover.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 27
4.3.7.1 Related Measurement Procedure of Detected set Handover
(1) If the detected set handover (DetSetHoSwch) of the best cell is enabled and there
are over 32 adjacent cells, the detected set measurement will be initiated. Initiation
strategy: Change “1A Triggering condition 2” into “Detected set cells and monitored set
cells”, and “Reporting cell status” into “Report all active set cells + cells within monitored
set and/or detected set on used frequency”. That is, perform measurement report of
active set, monitored set and detected set concurrently by sharing the same set of
handover measurement parameters.
(2) If the detected set handover (DetSetHoSwch) of the best cell is disabled or there are
less 32 adjacent cells, then change “1A Triggering condition “ into “Monitored set cells”
and “Reporting cell status” into “Report cells within active set and/or monitored set cells
on used frequency”. That is, to only report the monitored set instead of detected set.
4.3.7.2 Related Parameter Configurations
The RNC only performs handover for the detected set measurement reported by the
adjacent cells exceeding 32. The handling of the measurement report triggered by these
cells is actually consistent with that triggered by the monitored set. Therefore, the
detected set and monitored set share the same set of measurement configurations.
4.3.8 Detected Set Tracing
The detected set tracing is used in network planning and optimization to judge whether
there is any adjacent cell not configured based on the statistical report. The purpose of
detected set tracing measurement differs from that of handover measurement, so the
measurement parameters used for detected set tracing are separately configured in
OMCR (The parameters of detected set tracing is irrelevant to service type, which
means all sorts of service will be indexed by “Not Related to Service Type “ in service
type(TrfCategory)), with parameter index as follows:
Figure 4-4 Intra-frequency handover index quotations
Utran Cell (utranCell)UE Intra-frequence Measurement
Configuration (Intra)
UE Intra-frequence Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category
Configuration Information (CIntra)
TrfCatIntraMIdx
IntraMeasQuan
TrfCategory:
Not Related to Service Type
IntraMeasCfgNo
Before obtaining intra-frequency handover parameters, first find the “Service Type-
Related Intra-frequency Measurement Parameter Index (TrfCatIntraMIdx)”, “UTRAN
Intra-frequency Radio Quality Measurement Quantity (IntraMeasQuan)”, and “Soft
Handover Algorithm Selection (SoftHoMth)” from Ut ran Cell (utranCell) configuration
items; then find the “Intra-Frequency Measurement Configuration No. (IntraMeasCfgNo)”
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 28
from the UE Int ra-frequency Measurement Relative to Traffic Category Configuration
Information (CIntra) configuration items based on Tr fCatInt raMIdx, "Traffic Category
(TrfCategory)", “Measurement Purpose (EvtMeasDctEcNo, and EvtMeasDctRSCP)”;
finally, find corresponding handover measurement parameters from UE Intra -frequency
Measurement Configuration (Intra) configuration items based on the “Int ra-Frequency
Measurement Configuration No. (IntraMeasCfgNo)”.
Note: Each IntraMeasCfgNo corresponds to one measurement purpose, indicated with
the parameter IntraMeasCfgNote.
4.3.8.1 Measurement Procedure of Detected Set Tracing
(1)The measurement of detected set tracing is controlled through the detected set
tracing task in the performance measurement of OMCR. The detected set measurement
is started after the detected set tracing task is created and initiated if the parameter
NbrCellMonSupInd is 1. When configuring the measurement control, set “Triggering
condition 2” to “Detected set cells”, and “Reporting cell status” to “Report cells within
detected set on used frequency”.
(2)The measurement parameters of detected set are indexed to the cell, and the
parameters of the best cell will be chosen in macro diversity state. If the parameters of
the best cell are different from those used by the UE, the measurement information
needs to be modified through the measurement control message.
(3)After the detected set tracing task stops, disable detected set tracing and release
related measurement task.
4.3.9 Processing of the Rx-Tx time difference of a UE in macro diversity
When a UE is in macro diversity, the uplink transmitting time of the UE is not adjusted.
The initial downlink channels can be correctly demodulated, but the downlink receiving
time will change along with the moving of the UE or with the drifting of the clock between
Node Bs. Therefore, the downlink receiving time may fall outside the time window of the
UE transmitting time T0 ± 148 chips, and consequently the UE cannot correctly
demodulate one or multiple downlink channels, causing the degradation of the UE
downlink quality or even call drop. For this reason, the 3GPP protocols have defined the
UE internal measurement events 6F and 6G for UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement:
6F event: The UE Rx-Tx time difference for a link in the active set is greater than an
absolute threshold.
6G event: The UE Rx-Tx time difference for a link in the active set is less than an
absolute threshold.
The RlRefTimeAjtSwit parameter controls the policy of the UE Rx-Tx time difference in
macro diversity. If the switch is on, the RNC removes the corresponding link from macro
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 29
diversity when the UE reports the 6F or 6G event (indicating that the downlink receiving
time already falls outside the UE transmitting time window). If the switch is off, the
function is disabled.
4.3.9.1 Related Measurement Procedure
(1)When the radiolink reference time adjust switch of the best cell (RlRefTimeAjtSwit ) is
on and the number of links in macro diversity changes from one to multiple, 6F/6G
measurement parameters will be issued to the UE.
(2)The internal measurement parameters (6F/6G) of the UE are configured per cell
according to the index. The measurement parameters configured for the UE are subject
to the parameters of the best cell. For a UE in macro diversity and on which the internal
measurement (6F/6F) function is enabled, i f the 6F/6G event parameters of the best cell
are different from the parameters issued to the UE, the parameter configuration of the
UE will be modified through measurement control.
(3)When the number of links in macro diversity changes from multiple to one and the
internal measurement function (6F/6G) is enabled on the UE, the release of internal
measurement will be triggered on the UE.
4.3.10 IUB transmission bandwidth limitation strategy
When constructing a network, there may be lack of Iub transmission resource. An
access of a high-rate UE may lead to numbers of other users inaccessibility to the
network. In order to avoid the case that some individual high-rate UE affect the
communication quality in large scale, it is necessary to limit the maximum rate of these
UE in the cell.
In the case of intra-RNC, for DCH users, parameters RtMaxUlRateDch /
RtMaxDlRateDch (for RT service) and NrtMaxUlRateDch / NrtMaxDlRateDch (for NRT
service) are used to limited the DCH maximum rate of uplink and downlink respectively.
For EDCH users, the E-DCH users’ maximum rates are limited by the parameters
RtMaxrateEdch (for RT service) and NrtMaxRateEdch (for NRT service).
In the case of inter-RNC, for DCH users, parameters RtMaxUlRateDchD /
RtMaxDlRateDchD (for RT service) and NrtMaxUlRateDchD / NrtMaxDlRateDchD (for
NRT service) are used to limited the DCH maximum rate of uplink and downlink
respectively. For EDCH users, the E-DCH users’ maximum rates are limited by
parameters RtMaxRateEdchD (for RT service) and NrtMaxRateEdchD (for NRT service).
If the related parameters are not configured in the neighboring cells, the restriction
decision does not effect.
Handling of adding a radio link in active set
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 30
1) For DCH users, if the GBR of DCH users is higher than the rate limitation
RtMaxUlRateDch / RtMaxDlRateDch of new neighboring cell, it doesn’t perform
adding a radio link, otherwise performs adding a radio link.
2) For EDCH users, if the rate of E-DCH users is higher than the EDCH rate limitation
RtMaxRateEdch / NrtMaxRateEdch of new neighboring cell, it will reduce E-DCH
Maximum Bitrate by radio link reconfiguration, and then add the corresponding
neighboring cell into macro diversity.
Handling of deleting a radio link in active set
1) For DCH users, perform deleting a radio link in macro diversity. If the UE rate is less
than the DCH rate limitation of cells in macro diversity, RNC will perform RB
reconfiguration.
2) For EDCH users, perform deleting a radio link in macro diversity. If the UE rate is
less than EDCH rate limitation of cells in macro diversity, RNC will perform RL
reconfiguration to enhance E-DCH Maximum Bitrate.
4.3.11 Decision on support-CS64k traffic of target cell
According to some special scenarios where CS64K traffic is not expected to
access/handover in a cell, parameters Cs64kSwitch and AdjCs64Switch are used to
control whether cells support CS64k traffic in SRNC and DRNC, respectively. When
CS64k traffic is restricted in a cell, ingoging, outgoing and handover of CS64k traffic
are forbidded.
When handover happens in intra-RNC cells and CS64k traffic is covered, if
Cs64kSwitch in target cell is closed and UE supports CS64k falling back to
AMR12.2k, then CS64k falls back to AMR12.2k and UE performs the related
disposal about handover, otherwise UE doesn’t perform any disposal.
When handover happens in inter-RNC cells and CS64k traffic is covered, if
AdjCs64kSwitch in target cell is closed and UE supports CS64k falling back to
AMR12.2k, then CS64k falls back to AMR12.2k and UE performs the related
disposal about handover, otherwise UE doesn’t perform any disposal. If the
configuration in DRNC cell and SRNC cell is not given, the cell is defaulted to
support CS64k.
4.3.12 Scenarios of Intra-Frequency hard handover
When soft handover cannot be realized in adjacent cells of intra-frequency for some
reasons, intra-frequency hard handover can guarantee the service continuity. The
scenarios where soft/softer handover is unavailable (intra-frequency hard handover must
be adopted) in the case of intra-frequency handover include:
Adding new link fails in soft handover when 1A or 1C event is triggered.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 31
Intra-frequency measurement report excludes the OFF and TM of the target cell.
lur interface between RNCs is unavailable in the case of intra -frequency handover.
Types of target and source cells are different(define R99,R5+R99, R6+R5+R99
belong to the same cell type and R5,R6+R5 belong to another cell type), for
example, the UE hands over from a DCH-capable cell to an HSPA-capable cell.
The signal RB is carried on HS -DSCH in active cell, while F-DPCH is not supported
in soft add cell.
The capability of target cell is not consistent with that of source cell. Such as UE
uses transmit diversity in active set cell, but the target cell does not support
transmit diversity; UE uses multi-user detection in the active set cell, but the target
cell does not support multi-user detection; UE uses DTX-DRX in the active set cell,
but the target cell does not support the capability; uplink 16QAM is configurated but
the target cell does not support; TTI 2ms service is setup in source cell but the
target cell does not support; the transmission delay TimeDelay reported during
intra-frequency handover for the NodeB where the neighboring cell of the current
RNC resides is inconsistent with the t ransmission delay of the cells in the current
active set, or the transmission delay ATimeDelay reported during intra-frequency
handover for the neighboring cell that is a DRNC cell is inconsistent with the
transmission delay of the cells in the current active set
4.3.13 The disposal strategy of intra-frquency events in buffer
If RNC receives measurement events and discards them in unsteady state, it may miss
handover opportunity, and radio links with good signal may be not added in active set
while radio links with poor signal be still in active set. So it needs to cache measurement
reports in buffer in unsteady state and then perform the related disposal to such
measurement reports while RNC enters steady state. In unsteady state, RNC should
combine the received measurement reports, the strategy is as follows:
Events exist in buffer
1A 1B 1C 1D
New
measurement report
1A
If the
scramble
code in new 1A event is identical with
that in old 1A event, then old 1A event
is replaced by new one. Otherwise
new 1A event is cached.
1A event is cached
× 1A event is cached
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 32
1B 1B event is cached
The old 1B
event is
replaced by new one
1B event is cached
If the
scramble
code in 1B event is identical with
existedone, then 1D event is
replaced by 1B. Otherwise
1B is cached.
1C × 1C event is cached
The old 1C is
replaced by the new one
If the
replaced scramble code in 1C
event is identical with the existed
one in 1D event, then 1D event is
replaced by 1C. Otherwise
1C event is cached.
1D 1D event is cached
If scramble
code in 1D is identical with the one in
1B, then 1B event is replace by
1D. Otherwise 1D event is cached.
If scramble
code in 1D event is identical with
the replaced scramble code in 1C,
then 1C event is replaced by
1D. otherwise 1D event is cached
The old 1D
event is
replaced by the new one.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 33
4.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure
4.4.1 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Add a Radio Link)
Figure 4-5 Intra-RNC soft handover (Add a radio link)
UE Node B
Drift RNS
Drift
RNC
Serving
RNC
DCH - FP DCH - FP
8. Downlink Synchronisation
RNSAP RNSAP
1. Radio Li nk Setup
Request
Start TX description
NBAP NBAP
2. Radio Link Setup
Request
RNSAP RN SAP
4. Radio Link Setup
Response
NBAP NBAP
3. Radio Link Setup Response
Start RX description
Decision to setup new RL
RRC RRC
11. DCCH : Active Set Update Complete
RRC RRC
10. DCCH : Active Set Update
[Radio Link Addition]
ALCAP Iur Bearer Setup 5. ALCAP Iub Bearer Setup
DCH - FP DCH - FP
9. Uplink Synchronisation
RNSAP RNSAP
7. Radio Link Restore Indication
NBAP NBAP
6. Radio Link Restore Indication
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 34
4.4.2 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Delete a Radio Link)
Figure 4-6 Intra-RNC soft handover (Delete a radio link)
UE Node B
Drift RNS
Drift
RNC
Serving
RNC
RRCRRC2. DCCH : Active Set Update Complete
Decision to delete
old RL
RNSAP RNSAP
3. Radio Link Deletion
Request
NBAP NBAP
4. Radio Link Deletion
Request
RNSAP RNSAP
6. Radio Link Deletion
Response
NBAP NBAP
5. Radio Link Deletion
Response
Stop RX and TX
RRCRRC
1. DCCH : Active Set Update
[Radio Link Deletion]
ALCAP Iur Bearer Release7. ALCAP Iub Bearer Release
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 35
4.4.3 Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Swap a Radio Link)
Figure 4-7 Intra-RNC soft handover (Swap a radio link)
9 . U plink Synchronisation
R N SA P R N SA P
1 . R adio Link Setup
R equest
S tart T X
descrip tion
R N SA P R N SA P
4 . R adio Link Setup
R esponse
N B A P N B A P
2 . R adio Link Setup R equest
N B A P N B A P 3 . R adio Link Setup R esponse
S tart R X
descrip tion
D ecision to setup
new R L and
release o ld R L
N B A P
12 . R adio Link D eletion R equest
N B A P N B A P 13. R adio Link R elease R esponse
S top R X and T X
14 . A LC A P Iub D ata T ransport B earer R eleas e
R R C R R C
11 . D C C H : A ctive Set U pdate C om plete
R R C R R C
10 . D C C H : A ctive Set U pdate C om m and
[R adio L ink A ddition & D eletion]
N B A P
U E N ode B
D rift R N S
N ode B
Serving R N S
D rift
R N C
Serving
R N C
A LC A P Iur B earer Setup 5 . A LC A P Iub D ata T ransport B earer Setup
D C H -FP D C H -FP
D C H -FP D C H -FP
8 . D ownlink Synchronisation
R N SA P R N SA P
7 . R adio Link R estore
Indication
N B A P N B A P 6 . R adio Link R estore Indication
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 36
4.4.4 Intra-RNC Hard handover
Figure 4-8 Intra-RNC hard handover procedure
RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST
RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
RADIO LINK DELETION REQUEST
RADIO LINK DELETION RESPONSE
UE NODEB2 NODEB1 RNC
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 37
4.4.5 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Through lur Interface
Figure 4-9 Inter-RNC hard handover through lur interface
RNSAP RNSAP
1. Radio Link Setup Request
UE Node B
Source
Node B Target
RNC Source
RNC target
SRNC
RRC
RRC
12. DCCH : Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete
RRC
7. DCCH : Physical Channel Reconfiguration
RRC
6. ALCAP Iur Data Transport Bearer Setup
NBAP NBAP
2. Radio Link Setup Request
NBAP NBAP
3. Radio Link Setup Response
NBAP
NBAP
14. Radio Link Deletion Request
NBAP
NBAP
15. Radio Link Deletion Response
4. ALCAP Iub Data Transport Bearer Setup
16. ALCAP Iub Data Transport Bearer Release
RNSAP
RNSAP
17. Radio Link Deletion Response
18. ALCAP Iur Data Transport Bearer Release
RNSAP
5. RL Setup Response
RNSAP
RNSAP 13. Radio Link Deletion Request
RNS AP
NBAP
NBAP
8. Radio Link Failure Indication
RNSAP RNSAP
9. Radio Link Failure Indication
NBAP
NBAP
10. Radio Link Restore Indication
RNSAP
11. RL Restore Indication
RNSAP
If the cells belong to different RNCs are adjacent and lur interface is available, the SRNC
performs inter-RNC hard handoff. The SRNC relocation is triggered after hard handover.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 38
4.4.6 Inter-RNC Hard Handover Without lur Interface
Figure 4-10 Inter-RNC hard handover without lur interface
2 . R elocation R equired R A N A P R A N A P
R A N A P R A N A P
3 . R elocation R equest
R A N A P R A N A P
9 . R elocation R equest
A cknow ledge
R A N A P R A N A P 1 . R elocation R equired
U E R N C
Source
R N C
Target
M SC /SG SN
R A N A P R A N A P
4 . R elocation R equest
R A N A P R A N A P
10 . R elocation R equest
A cknow ledge
R A N A P R A N A P 11 . R elocation C om m and
R A N A P 12 . R elocation C om m and
R A N A P
R A N A P R A N A P
15 . R elocation
D etect
R R C 13 . D C C H : P hysical C hannel R econfiguration N ote 1
R R C
5 . A LC A P Iu D ata
T ransport B earer Setup
N ode B
Source
N ode B
Target
N B A P N B A P 6 . R adio L ink Setup R equest
N B A P N B A P 7 . R adio L ink Setup R esponse
8 . A LC A P Iub D ata T ransport B earer Setup
R A N A P R A N A P
19 . R elocation
C om plete
R R C R R C 18 . D C C H : P hysical C hannel R econfiguration C om plete N ote 1
R A N A P R A N A P 16 . R elocation D etect
R A N A P R A N A P 20 . R elocation C om plete
R A N A P 21 . Iu R elease C om m and
R A N A P
N B A P N B A P 17 . R adio L ink Failure Ind ication
R A N A P 22 . Iu R elease C om m and
R A N A P
23 . A LC A P Iu D ata T ransport B earer
R elease
R A N A P 24 . Iu R elease C om plete
R A N A P
R A N A P 25 . Iu R elease C om plete
R A N A P
SG SN /M SC
N B A P N B A P 14 . R adio L ink R estore Ind ication
If inter-frequency cells between RNCs are adjacent and lur interface is unavailable, the
hard-handover-triggered SRNS relocation is performed. The procedure is as follows:
The SRNC sets up radio link at DRNC through the lu interface relocation, and then
reconfig UE to the cell of DRNC through relocation. Upon receiving the reconfigureation
response message from the UE, the DRNC informs the CN to complete relocation and
changes into SRNC. The CN then releases the resources of UE at the original SRNC
through lu interface release command.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 39
5 Inter-Frequency Handover Strategy
The inter-frequency handover is a feature in which the UE hands over from one
frequency of UTRAN to another one. It can either be handover based on inter -frequency
measurement, or blind handover based on ShareCover(Overlap or Covers). The
measurement-based handover cannot trigger the blind handover based on shared
coverage. The blind handover between cells with shared coverage can only be triggered
by such functions as load control and load balance.
The prerequisite for measurement-based inter-frequency handover is that UE performs
quality measurement of non-used frequency. For inter-frequency measurement in
CELL_DCH state, UE needs to initiate compressed mode unless it has double-receiver.
The compressed mode has a great impact on both the resource utilization (for example,
downlink power and uplink interference) and UE (for example, the transmit power and
battery consumption), so inter-frequency measurement is only initiated when the radio
quality of current serving carrier is poor, which can be evaluated through four
measurement quantities: Uplink BLER, UE uplink transmit power, transmit power of
downlink and inter-frequency measurement (quality measurement performed by UE for
PCPICH). Upon receiving the inter-frequency measurement results from UE, the RNC
makes a decision about inter-frequency handover, and hands over UE to the target
frequency and cell carried in the measurement results.
The blind handover based on ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) is controlled through the
coverage indication (ShareCover) in the adjacent cell configuration relation. If the radio
quality of a cell is good, then that of another cell with ShareCover(Overlap or Covers)
relation with this cell must also be good, that is, to forecast the radio quality of another
cell with ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with a cell based on the radio quality of
this cell. Whether ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation exists among cells is
determined by the network planner based on cell coverage (Only cells with completely
the same coverage can be called cells with shared coverage, and inter-frequency cells
with shared coverage generally share a site and antenna feeder. If a cell completely
contains the coverage of another cell, the relation between them is called ’Covers’). The
blind handover based on ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) is primarily used in load
control, load balancing and handover based on moving speed.
In the load balancing mechanism, if the load of the target cell for access or
handover is too heavy, you can access or handover the service into another less
loaded cell that has ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell.
In the load control mechanism, if the load of current cell is too heavy, you can
forcedly handover partial services into another less loaded cell that has
ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell.
In the handover based on moving speed, when the UE changes from low to high
moving speed, you can directly handover the UE from micro cell into a macro cell
that contains this micro cell.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 40
5.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement
When conducting inter-frequency measurement, the UE needs to implement layer 3 filter
for the measurement results to avoid measurement fluctuation and then make event
decision and report by using filtered values. The layer 3 filter factor is FilterCoeff (Inter).
For inter-frequency measurement formula, see “Intra-frequency Measurement ”.
Carrier evaluation standards for inter-frequency measurement:
jBestj
N
1i
jijjfrequencyfrequencyj LogM10)W(1MLog10WLogM10QjA
Where,
Qfrequency j: Refers to (Virtual) active set quality of carrier j, that is, the measurement
result of carrier j (dB for Ec/No; dBm for RSCP).
M frequency j: Refers to the physical measurement value (ratio for Ec/No; mW for RSCP) of
the (Virtual) active set of carrier j.
M i j: Refers to the physical measurement value of cell i of carrier j.
NA j: Refers to the number of cells (excluding best cell) in the (Virtual) active set of carrier
j.
MBest j: Refers to the measurement result of the best cell in the (Virtual) active set of
carrier j.
Wj: Refers to the weight (WNoUsed[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] or
Wused[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of the best cell in the (Virtual) active set of carrier j
during carrier measurement.
5.1.1 Introduction to Inter-Frequency Measurement
The inter-frequency measurement contains radio quality measurement of both working
carrier frequency and non-working carrier frequency. It can be performed based on
either Ec/N0 or RSCP or both of them measurement quantity, which is based on the
parameter NonIntraMeasQuan. Only event-based method of reporting measurement
result is supported, and parameter InterHoMth is invalid.The event-based report means
the UE judges whether inter-frequency events are met based on the quality
measurement result of non-working carrier frequency PCPICH. If so, it reports inter-
frequency events (including such information as event ID, and target cell) to the RNC.
A series of inter-frequency measurement events are defined in 3GPP as the judgment
and trigger criteria for inter-frequency handover.
The inter-frequency handover events are described as follows:
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 41
Event 2A: The best carrier frequency changes.
/2HQQ 2aBestNotBest
Where,
QNotBest: Refers to the measurement result of current non-best carrier frequency.
QBest : Refers to the measurement result of current best carrier frequency.
H2a : Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter)) of Event 2A.
Event 2B: The quality of working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold and that of
non-working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
/2HTQ 2b2busedNonusedNon /2HTQ 2b2bUsedUsed
Where,
QNon used: Refers to the measurement result of current non-working carrier frequency.
TNon used 2b: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshNoUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of good quality of non-working
carrier frequency in Event 2B decision.
H2b : Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter)) of Event 2B.
QUsed: Refers to the measurement result of current working carrier frequency.
TUsed 2b: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of poor quality of working carrier
frequency in Event 2B decision.
Event 2C: The quality of non-working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
/2HTQ 2c2cusedNonusedNon
Where,
QNon used: Refers to the measurement result of current non-working carrier frequency.
TNon used 2c: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshNoUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of good quality of non-working
carrier frequency in Event 2C decision.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 42
H2c: Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter)) of Event 2C.
Event 2D: The quality of working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold.
/2HTQ 2d2dUsedUsed
Where,
QUsed: Refers to the measurement result of current working carrier frequency.
TUsed 2d: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of poor quality of working carrier
frequency in Event 2D decision.
H2d: Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter)) of Event 2D.
Event 2E: The quality of non-working carrier frequency is lower than a threshold.
/2HTQ 2e2eusedNonusedNon
Where,
QNon used: Refers to the measurement result of current non-working carrier frequency.
TNon used 2e: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshNoUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of good quality of non-working
carrier frequency in Event 2E decision.
H2e: Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] ) of Event 2E.
Event 2F: The quality of working carrier frequency is higher than a threshold.
/2HTQ 2f2fUsedUsed
Where,
QUsed: Refers to the measurement result of current working carrier frequency.
TUsed 2f: Refers to the absolute threshold
(ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]) of poor quality of working carrier
frequency in Event 2F decision.
H2f: Refers to handover decision hysteresis parameter
(Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter)) of Event 2F.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 43
If a carrier frequency meets the reporting range or threshold of certain event, the
condition must be met within a period of time (TrigTime(Iner)) before the reporting of this
event to avoid inter-frequency event misreport due to the fluctuation of radio quality.
5.1.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Control Method
Among all inter-frequency measurement events, Event 2D and Event 2F only involve
measurement of working carrier frequencies, so the compressed mode is not required
during measurement and extra overhead will not be brought about to both UE and RNC.
The compressed mode can be enabled and disabled based on the definition of 2D/2F. If
there is any inter-frequency/Inter-RAT adjacent cell that has no ShareCover(Overlap or
Covers) relation with current cell during service setup, the RNC will configure Event 2D,
Event 2F and intra-frequency events to the UE. The following measurement setup,
modification and deletion apply to other inter-frequency measurement events except
Event 2D and Event 2F.
5.1.2.1 Measurement Setup
The inter-frequency measurement is only set up only when Inter-RAT measurement is
not initiated, and it can be triggered in either of the following scenarios:
(1)The radio quality of current serving carrier frequency deteriorates and there is inter-
frequency adjacent cell that has no ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation (judged
through ShareCover) with current serving cell and UE supports the radio frequency band
of these neighboring cells.
(2)The UE meets the slow moving condition and there exists micro cell with higher HCS
level in the coverage of current cell (based on moving speed).
The “Radio Quality Deterioration of Current Serving Carrier Frequency” can be judged
through any of the following four indexes:
Uplink BLER: The uplink BLER value exceeds certain threshold (1.25%) and
meantime the Sirtarget value (realtime measurement result) reaches the maximum
configuration Sir (ULMaxSIR) in OMCR. The BLER is measured and judged by the
RNC.
Uplink transmit power of UE: The transmit power of UE exceeds certain threshold
(100%, in relation to the maximum transmit power of UE). The uplink transmit
power is measured by the UE and reported to the RNC through internal
measurement report 6A/6B.
Downlink transmit power: The downlink transmit power exceeds certain threshold
(90%, in relation to MaxDlDpchPwr of services). The downlink transmit power is
measured by NodeB and reported to the RNC through dedicated NodeB
measurement report.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 44
The UE reports Event 2D.
5.1.2.2 Measurement Modification
If the inter-frequency measurement is enabled, the inter -frequency measurement
modification is triggered in the following cases:
If inter-frequency measurement parameters and adjacent cells change after soft
handover, the changed parameters and adjacent cells must be updated through
measurement modification.
If handover parameters change when a service is added or deleted, the changed
parameters must be updated through measurement modification.
5.1.2.3 Measurement Deletion
When inter-frequency measurement setup conditions are no longer met, the inter-
frequency measurement will be deleted (released).
Release inter-frequency measurement if there is no inter-frequency adjacent cell in
active set after handover and inter-frequency measurement is initiated.
Release inter-frequency measurement if there exists inter-frequency adjacent cell
but it has a ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with a cell or an intra-
frequency adjacent cell in current active set, and inter-frequency measurement is
initiated.
Release inter-frequency measurement if it is initiated but the radio quality of
working carrier frequency changes better. The standards for judging “The Radio
Quality of Working Carrier Frequency Changes Better” are described as follows:
The UE does not report Event 2D or reports Event 2F, the uplink BLER does not
exceed poor quality threshold (1.25%) or the BLER recovers below normal quality
threshold (CS64K: 0.1%; other services: 1%), the UE t ransmit power does not
exceed inter-frequency measurement initiation threshold (100%) or recovers below
normal value (90%), and the downlink transmit power does not exceed inter -
frequency measurement initiation threshold (90%) or recovers below normal value
(80%).
Release inter-frequency measurement after inter-frequency handover.
Release inter-frequency measurement in the case of exceptions, for example,
receiving exceptional inter-frequency measurement report (for example, the
measurement report belongs to non-existent measurement task on the network
side).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 45
5.1.2.4 Handling of Inter-Frequency Events
(1)Handling of Event 2A/2B/2C:
If the measurement report contains several target cells, preferentially select those
with good quality (RSCP) as target cells. If there is any inter-frequency adjacent cell
that has ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with the target cell, perform inter-
frequency load balancing based on the cells’s load . (For details, see ZTE UMTS
Load Balance Feature Guide).
For CS users, perform inter-frequency hard handover.
For PS users, hard handover tends to fail due to admission failure in the event of
heavy cell load because a majority of resources are occupied by PS services.So
the following strategies are required:
If current channel type is DCH and the channel assigned for target cell is also
DCH after handover, first make a handover attempt according to current rate.
If handover fails, then makes another handover attempt according to the GBR
of current service or minimum rate grade of DRBC (for details, see ZTE UMTS
DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide), to improve the handover success rate.
If current channel type is HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH, and DCH after
handover, perform handover directly according to the GBR of current service
or minimum rate grade of DRBC (for details, see ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm
Feature Description).
If the channel type is DCH before handover and HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-
DSCH/DCH after, then access by HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH (for
details, see ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide); if HS-DSCH/E-DCH
or HS-DSCH/DCH admission fails, the handover can also be implemented
according to the minimum rate (GBR of service or minimum rate grade of
DRBC) of DCH.
The same cell can only use one of Event 2A, Event 2B and Event 2C to trigger
inter-frequency handover. Which of the three events will be used is based on the
inter-frequency handover recommendation strategy parameter InterHoTactic.
(2)Handling of Event 2D
Attempt blind handover if there exists ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relationship
in the inter-frequency adjacent cells.
Initiate compressed mode and issue inter-frequency measurement 2A/2B/2C/2E if
there exists no ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation in inter-frequency adjacent
cells or blind handover fails. For initiation decision of compressed mode, see
“Compressed Mode Enabling/Disabling ”.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 46
(3)Handling of Event 2E
All non-working carrier frequencies report Event 2E, indicating that radio quality of
all inter-frequency adjacent cells is poor and 3G system quality deteriorates. If there
is any Inter-RAT adjacent cell that has cover relation(GsmShareCover value is “2
GSM neighboring cell covers the serving cell” ) with current serving cell, implement
Inter-RAT blind handover.
All non-working carrier frequencies report Event 2E, indicating that radio quality of
all inter-frequency adjacent cells is poor and 3G system quality deteriorates. If the
serving celll doesn’t have any inter-RAT neighboring cell with cover
relation(GsmShareCover value is not “2 GSM neighboring cell covers the serving
cell”), issue the Inter-RAT measurement Event 3A/3C.
(4)Handling of Event 2F
The compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement disabling can be
triggered. For details, see Compressed Mode Enabling/Disabling and “Inter-
Frequency Measurement Control Method Measurement Deletion”.
5.1.2.5 Parameter Configuration Strategies
Inter-frequency event parameter configuration:
There are 6 inter-frequency measurement events (2a, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, and 2F) in
total. The specific number of events configured is based on the parameter
MeasEvtNum (Inter), and the specific inter-frequency events configured are based
on the parameter MeaEvtId[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] (Inter).
MeaEvtId[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT] is defined through array, and the
dimensions of array equal to MeasEvtNum, which is 6 at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity:
All measurement parameters are cell-based. In macro diversity, the measurement
parameters configured in the best cell will be used as handover parameters. If the
best cell changes, the measurement parameters need to be updated at the same
time.
For handover in inter-RNC, if there has SRNC cell in active set, the measurement
parameters of the best cell in SRNC will be used as handover parameters, and if
there is no SRNC cell in activeset, the measurement parameters of the last SRNC
cell in active set will be used as handover parameters.
Configuration of several sets of handover parameters:
The inter-frequency handover parameters can be separately configured based on
measurement quantity, measurement report mode and service bearer type. In this
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 47
way, several sets of measurement parameters are necessary for different purposes:
The specific categories are as follows:
Measurement quantity.
NonIntraMeasQuan ( PCPICH RSCP or Ec/N0 or both of them)
Remark:
(1) When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured as “Ec/No” or “RSCP ”, only issue
corresponding measurement quality.
(2) When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured as “Ec/No and RSCP”, two
categories of 2D/2F measurement event about CPICH Ec/No and CPICH
RSCP are configured and one of 2D measurement events can trigger
compressed mode. After compressed mode is triggered, inter frequency
event of corresponding measurement quantity will be issued according to
that of 2D event. For example, if the measurement quanitty of triggering 2D
event is Cpich Ec/No, only inter frequency event of Cpich Ec/No will be
issued.
Measurement report mode
InterHoMth (Event report or periodical report, only event
report method is supported and the following parameters related to periodical
report are invalid: PrdmeasEcNo(Inter), PrdMeasRSCP(Inter),
PrdRptAmount(Inter) and PrdRptInterval(Inter))
Service bearer type (TrfCategory (CInter))
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type (Used for detected set measurement)
Remark:
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 48
(1) When concurrent service exists and includes AMR serivce, index to RT
RAB Including Voice configuration.
(2) When concurrent service exists and includes non-AMR service, index to RT
RAB Excluding Voice configuration.
To facilitate parameter modification and optimization, the inter-frequency
parameters are index-organized, with the index quotations listed as follows:
Figure 5-1 Inter-frequency handover index quotations
Utran Cell (utranCell)UE Inter-frequence Measurement
Configuration (Inter)
UE Inter-frequence Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category (CInter)
TrfCatInterMIdx
NonIntraMeasQuan
TrfCategory:
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type
InterMeasCfgNo
Before obtaining inter-frequency handover parameters, first find the “Service Type-
Related Inter-frequency Measurement Parameter Index (TrfCatIntraMIdx)”, “UTRAN
Inter-frequency Radio Quality Measurement Quantity (NonIntraMeasQuan)”,from Utran
Cell (utranCell) configuration items; then find the “Inter-Frequency Measurement
Configuration No. (InterMeasCfgNo)” from the UE Inter-frequency Measurement Relative
to Traffic Category Configuration Information (CInter) configuration items based on
TrfCat InterMIdx, "Traffic Category (TrfCategory)", “Measurement Purpose
(EvtMeasEcNo, EvtMeasRSCP)”; finally, find corresponding handover measurement
parameters from UE Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration (Inter) configuration
items based on the “Inter-Frequency Measurement Configuration No. (InterMeasCfgNo)”.
Note: Each InterMeasCfgNo corresponds to one measurement purpose, indicated with
the parameter InterMeasCfgNote.
The correspondence between other parameters that need to be filled in inter-
frequency measurement control message and OMCR configuration is described as
follows:
Measurement report transmission mode (MeasRptTrMod)
Whether to report UTRA Carrier RSSI (UTRACarrierRSSI)
Whether to report carrier frequency quality evaluation value
(FreqQualEst)
Cell synchronization information report indication of inter-frequency measurement
(CellSynRptInd)
Cell identity report indication of inter-frequency measurement
(CIdRpt Ind)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 49
Ec/No report indication of inter-frequency measurement cell
(EcN0RptInd)
CPICH RSCP report indication of inter-frequency measurement cell
(RscpRptInd)
Path loss report indication of inter-frequency measurement cell
(RscpRptInd)
Whether to read SFN indication of target cell (ReadSFNInd)
Inter-Frequency measurement amount (MeasQuantity(Inter))
Inter-frequency measurement report mode (RptCrt(Inter))
Note: The parameters MeasQuantity(Inter) and RptCrt(Inter) are automatically filled by
the system based on InterMeasCfgNote.
For cells of neighbor RNC, if the value of Primary CPICH Power Configuration
Tag(PcpichPwrPre(externalUtranCell))is TURE, then the cell info of inter-freq
measurement should include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell, otherwise the cell
info of inter-freq measurement shall not include the Primary CPICH Power for this cell.
Switch of inter-frequency handover based on measurement for different services
There are several switches for different services to control whether inter -frequency
based on measurment could be performed. When the switch is open, it is allowed to
perform inter-frequency handover for the corresponding service. Otherwise RNC forbids
performing inter-frequency handover for the serivce by not activating inter-frequency
measurement. The switches for different services are as followed:
Service Switch
AMR AmrIfHoSwch
R99 RT R99RtIfHoSwch
R99 NRT R99NrtIfHoSwch
HSDPA HsdpaIfHoSwch
HSUPA HsupaIfHoSwch
Inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement choice
When a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells as its neighbors,
IfOrRatHoSwch is used to indicate the priority of inter-frquency and inter-RAT
handover.
If IfOrRatHoSwch indicates “Turn off Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover”,
neither inter-frequency measurement nor inter-RAT measurement will be
issued by RNC.
If IfOrRatHoSwch indicates “Only Inter Frequency” and inter-frequency
neighboring cells exist, only measurement on inter-frequency is issued by
RNC
If IfOrRatHoSwch indicates “Only Inter RAT” and inter-RAT neighboring cells
exist, only measurement on inter-RAT is issued by RNC
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 50
If IfOrRatHoSwch indicates “Inter Frequency Is Prior to Inter RAT”, and only inter-
frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cells exist, measurement on inter-
frequency or inter-RAT is issued by RNC, else if both inter-frequency and
inter-RAT neighboring cells exist, RNC will configure inter-frequency
measurement in priority and start a timer T4StpIfMeaActRat, when 2E event is
reported or T4StpIfMeaActRat is expired, RNC will reconfigure inter-frequency
measurement to inter-RAT measurement.
5.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration
In neighboring cells configuration, adjacent cell list used for reselection in non-
CELL_DCH state and that used for handover in CELL_DCH state can be configured
separately. In handover, target cells are chosed by neighboring cells configuration state
(StateMode). When UE in macro diversity state, the neighboring cell list is the union of
neighboring cell list of each cell active set, then the number of inter -frequency
neighboring cells may exceed 32 which is the maximum number regulated by protocol. If
the number of inter-frequency neighboring cells exceeds 32, it needs to delete some
cells to ensure that there are only 32 inter-frequency neighboring cells. With minimal
impact on UE in active set, these dropped cells are those with poorer signal quality or
remoter geographical location. So each inter-frequency neighboring cell is configured
with a priority.
5.1.3.1 Cell priority configuration
The OMCR configuration parameter MeasPrio(utranRelation) is used to define the
priority of adjacent cells and includes three values (0: High priority; 1: Medium priority; 2:
Low priority). The specific value of MeasPrio(utranRelation) must be set by the network
planning engineer based on existing network situation (for example, adjacent cell quality
and geographical location of adjacent cell). 0 shows the cell priority configuration based
on the geographical location of adjacent cells. Take the configuration of cells adjacent to
the innermost gray cell as an example: there are three layers of adjacent cells
surrounding the gray cell, and they are differentiated from one another with yellow (0:
Top priority), blue (1: Medium priority) and red (2: Low priority).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 51
Figure 5-2 Cell priority configuration
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
5.1.3.2 Strategy for adjacent cells exceeding 32
As specified in the protocol, the maximum number of inter-frequency adjacent cells is 32.
When the UE is in the macro diversity state, the total number of inter -frequency adjacent
cells in the macro diversity may be in excess of 32, so some strategies are required to
control the number within 32, including:
Priority combination strategy
If a cell is adjacent to several inter-frequency cells in the active set, that is, the priority
levels configured for this cell may vary, then combine the priority levels of this cell, and
the highest priority level prevails.
Sorting strategy
If the total number of inter-frequency adjacent cells in the active set is 32, the system
prioritizes them in descending order of priority and places the cells in excess of 32 in
inter-frequency adjacent cell reserve list which can buffer at most 8 truncated inter-
frequency cells.
The priority levels of adjacent cells in inter-frequency adjacent cell list will be updated
whenever Event 1A/1B/1C/1D is triggered. If Event 1B is triggered and the number of
inter-frequency adjacent cells is less than 32, the system selects cells from reserve list in
descending order of priority and places them in the inter -frequency adjacent cell list. The
number of cells that can be selected: min (32 – Number of existing cells in inter-
frequency adjacent cell list, Number of cells in reserve list).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 52
5.2 Handling Mechanism for Period-based Report of Inter-Frequency Handover Measurement
The period-based report means the UE periodically reports the inter -frequency
measurement result based on the periodical report interval (PrdRptInterval (R7Inter))
and the amount of periodical reports (PrdRptAmount (R7Inter)) configured by RNC. The
RNC judges inter-frequency handover events in accordance with the inter -frequency
event rule defined in protocol by referring to the inter -frequency cell quality periodically
reported by UE. Period report method is not supported.
Long interval set in the period-based report mode may result in call drop due to
handover delay. Therefore, it is recommended to set the interval to a small value. But
setting a short interval will increase the signaling load of radio interface and easily lead
to signaling congestion, so the event-based report is generally preferred.
5.3 Downlink Coverage Based Inter-Frequency Handover
Downlink coverage adopts Events 2D and 2F as a criterion to evaluate the quality of
current working carrier frequency signals. For details on handling strategies of Events
2D and 2F, see “Handling of Inter-Frequency Events”.
A coupling relationship exists among the coverage based handover, uplink BLER based
handover, uplink transmit power based handover, downlink transmit power based
handover, and moving speed based handover. For details on enabling/disabling of
compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement setup/release, see “Inter-
Frequency Handover Strategy--> Coupling Handling of Different Handovers”.
5.4 Uplink BLER Based Inter-Frequency Handover
The activation of uplink BLER based inter-frequency handover is controlled through the
parameter UlBlerHoSwch.
This strategy only applies to the DCH.
When the value of UlBlerHoSwch is “ON”, the RNC periodically collects the statistics of
uplink BLER. If the uplink BLER value exceeds certain threshold (1.25%) and meantime
the Sirtarget value (realtime measurement result) reaches the maximum configuration
(ULMaxSIR) in OMCR, then the outer loop power control is already invalid and the
uplink quality gets worse. In such a case, handover the UE into its inter-frequency
adjacent cell that has ShareCover(Overlap or Covers)relation with current cell, or initiate
the inter-frequency measurement. The specific handling strategy is same to that of
Event 2D. For details, see Event 2D handli ng in “Handling of Inter-Frequency Events”.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 53
5.5 Uplink Transmit Power Based Inter-Frequency Handover
The activation of uplink transmit power based inter-frequency handover is controlled
through the parameter UlPwrHoSwch.
This strategy only applies to the DCH.
When the value of UlPwrHoSwch is “ON”, the RNC sets up the internal measurement
events 6A (Uplink power of UE exceeds the absolute threshold – 100% of maximum
transmit power of UE) and 6B (Uplink power of UE is less than the absolute threshold –
90% of maximum transmit power of UE) of UE while service initially establishing. When
the transmit power of UE meets the above threshold requirements, the UE will report the
corresponding events. After receiving an Event 6A report or an Event 6B report, the
RNC adopts the same handling strategy as that of 2D or 2F, respectively. For details,
see the Events 2D and 2F handling strategies in “Handling of Inter-Frequency Events”.
5.6 Downlink Transmit Power Based Inter-
Frequency Handover
The activation of downlink transmit power based inter-frequency handover is controlled
through the parameter DlPwrHoSwch.
This strategy only applies to the DCH.
NodeB periodically sends the dedicated measurement report of downlink transmit power
to the RNC.
When the value of DlPwrHoSwch is “ON”, the RNC judges the downlink code power
(DTCP) mentioned in the dedicated measurement report sent by NodeB. When the
DTCP value reaches certain threshold (90% of the maximum downlink transmit power
MaxDlDpchPwr), it indicates that the downlink power is very high. In such a case,
handover the UE to its inter-frequency adjacent cell that has ShareCover(Overlap or
Covers) relation with current cell, or initiate the inter-frequency measurement. The
specific handling strategy is same to that of Event 2D. For details, see Event 2D
handling in “Handling of Inter-Frequency Events”
5.7 Load Control Based Handover
When the load (downlink carrier power (TCP) or total uplink receive wideband power
(RTWP)) of a cell reaches a high level, if the cell has some less-loaded inter-frequency
adjacent cells that have ShareCover(Overlap or Covers) relation with this cell (judge
through ShareCover), the RNC will handover some UEs with low priority from this cell
into its adjacent cells, so as to reduce this cell’s load and ensure system stability.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 54
For details on load handover, see ZTE UMTS Overload Control Feature Guide.
5.8 Moving Speed Based Handover
In the Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS), Macro cells are used to carry the fast -moving
UEs and they have low HCS priority (HcsPrio). Micro cells are used to carry the slow-
moving UEs and they have high HCS priority (HcsPrio).
The moving speed based handover is to handover the fast -moving and slow-moving
UEs into Macro and Micro cells, respectively. The handover between Macro and Micro
cells requires an algorithm for judging the moving speeds of UEs. As long as there is
one HCS cell (UseOfHCS (utrancell) is “TRUE ”) in active set, the moving speed
measurement needs to be activated.
The number of best cell changes per unit time is taken as a criterion for judging the
moving speed of UE. The more times the best cell changes per unit time, the faster the
moving speed. The number of best cell changes is based on the number of Event 1D
reports. The following parameters are used during the activation of moving speed judge:
Tslowjudge: Refers to the timing length of the timer set for judging slow-moving UEs.
NFast: Refers to the number of best cell changes for judging fast-moving UEs.
TFast: Refers to the maximum time required when the best cell changes Nfast times
during fast moving of UEs.
NSlow: Refers to the maximum number of best cell changes in the timing length of slow-
speed timer.
TSlow: Refers to the minimum threshold of system time difference during best cell
change.
Within the Tslowjudge of the timer, the moving speed of a UE is considered slow if any
of the following conditions is met:
(1)The number of best cell changes is 0.
(2)The number of best cell changes is less than NSlow, and the time difference between
the system time at the last best cell change and the current system time is larger than
the time threshold Tslow.
If the time used for Nfast times of best cell changes is less than the time threshold Tfast,
the UE moving speed is considered fast (as shown in Figure 5-3).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 55
Figure 5-3 Example of slow-moving UE judging conditions
TimeTslowjudge
N = 0
Time of serving cell change is 0 during Tslowjudge
TimeTslowjudge
NSlow
Time difference between the time of last serving
cell change and current time is larger than Tslow
TSlow
(one red line means one time of serving cell change
or
(a) (b)
Figure 5-4 Example of fast-moving UE judging condition
TimeTfast
NFast
Time of serving cell change is larger than Nfast
before Tfast timeout
(one red line means one time of serving cell change
5.9 Coupling Handling of Different Handovers
Inter-frequency handover can be triggered by the following:
Load control
Downlink coverage events
Uplink transmit power
Uplink BLER
Downlink transmit power
Moving speed of UE
The load control based handover aims to quickly reduce system loads and ensure
system stability, and it has the top priority. The handovers based on downlink coverage
events, uplink transmit power, uplink BLER or downlink transmit power all aim to
guarantee the call QoS and user experience, and they have lower priority. The moving
speed based handover in the HSC is used to appropriately allocate traffic for different
cells, make full use of system resources and enhance system performance. The moving
speed based handover is a system optimization function and has the lowest priority.
The handover with top priority will shield the handovers with comparatively lower priority.
For example, if the load control based handover occurs in a cell, the RNC shall no
longer hand over or access new services into the cell. In the case of a poor carrier
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 56
quality, the RNC needs to handover the UE into the cell with good quality through radio
quality measurement, without taking account of the moving speed of UE.
5.10 Inter-Frequency Handover Procedure
Inter-frequency handovers are all hard handovers, and their procedures are identical
with intra-frequency hard handover.
6 Inter-RNC Mobility
6.1 SRNS Relocation
SRNS relocation can be categorized into relocation UE not involved (soft handover
triggered) and relocation UE involved (hard handover triggered) according that whether
UE is involved.
Relocation UE not involved
It is soft handover relocation namely, and UE can use radio resource in DRNC and
connect with CN through SRNC. The trigger condition is :
There is an Iur interface between RNCs
The switch of relocation UE not involved is open. It is differentiated by CS
service and PS service, RncFeatSwitch bit10 is for CS service and
RncFeatSwitch bit11 for PS service.
When all radio links are handed over to DRNC, timer is activated
(CsReDelayTimer and PsReDelayTImer are configured according to CS
service and PS service respectively, the timer of CS service is considered for
multi-RAB service) and relocation is performed when the corresponding timer
is overtime.
Relocation UE involved
Namely it is hard handover relocation. The trigger condition is :
The switch of relocation UE involved RncFeatSwitch bit0 is open
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 57
6.1.1 Relocation Triggered by Soft Handover
Figure 6-1 Relocation triggered by soft handover
UE
Target
RNCSGSN
Source
RNC
1.Relocation Required
2.Relocation Request
3.Relocation Request Ack
4.Relocation Command
5.Relocation Commit
6.Relocation Detect
7.UTRAN Mobility
Information
8.UTRAN Mobility
Information Confirm
9.Relocation Complete
10.Iu Release Command
11.Iu Release Complete
Procedure description:
1 Upon detecting that all links already exist in a DRNC, the SRNC initiates the
relocation procedure and sends a “Relocation Required” message to the CN. If the
SRNC connects with CS and PS domains, it needs to send the “Relocation
Required” message to CS and PS domains. When SRNC sends the Relocation
Required message, it shall start the timer Trelocprep. Upon reception of the
Relocation Command message, SRNC shall stop the timer and terminate the
Relocation Preparation procedure. If there is no response from the CN to the
Relocation Required message before expiry of timer Trelocprep, SRNC shall cancel
the Relocation Preparation procedure by initiating the Relocation Cancel procedure
with the Cause “Trelocprep expiry”.
2 The CN sends a “Relocation Request” message to the DRNC, carrying “RAB
SETUP” message.
3 After the RAB of DRNC is established successfully, the DRNC sends “Relocation
Request Ack” message to the CN.
4 The CN sends “Relocation Command” message to the SRNC requiring the SRNC
to start relocation. Upon reception of the Relocation Command message, SRNC
shall stop the timer Trelocprep, start the timer Trelocoverall and terminate the
Relocation Preparation procedure. If the Iu Release procedure is not initiated
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 58
towards SRNC from CN before expirty of Trelocoverall, SRNC shall initiate the Iu
Release Request procedure towards CN with cause “Trelocoverall expiry”.
5 The SRNC sends “Relocation Commit” message to the DRNC through the lur
interface.
6 The DRNC sends “Relocation Detect” message to the CN and is converted into a
new SRNC through role exchange.
7 The new SRNC sends “UTRAN Mobility Information” message to UE to relocate U-
RNTI.
8 Upon relocating U-RNTI, the UE sends a “UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm”
message to the new SRNC.
9 The new SRNC sends “Relocation Complete” message to inform the CN of the
successful relocation.
10 Upon receiving the message from the new SRNC, CN sends “Iu Release
Command” message to the original SRNC to release all the resources in the original
SRNC.
11 Upon releasing the lu resource, original SRNC sends “Iu Release Complete”
message to the CN.
There may exist some exceptional procedures during relocation.
12 Relocation failure caused by “UTRAN Mobility Information” message transmission
failure
The DRNC fails to initiate the “UTRAN Mobility Information Configuration ”
procedure due to procedure timeout or the UE failure in returning UTRAN mobility
message. In such a case, the DRNC does not send a “Relocation Complete”
message to the CN, and after the CN relocation timer times out, the CN initiates a
“Iu Release Command” message to release the resources on the DRNC side.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 59
6.1.2 Relocation Triggered by Hard Handover
Figure 6-2 Relocation triggered by hard handover
UE
Target
RNCSGSN
Source
RNC
1.Relocation Required
2.Relocation Request
3.Relocation Request Ack
4.Relocation Command
7.Relocation Detect
8.Physical Channel
Reconfiguration Complete
9.Relocation Complete
10.Iu Release Command
11.Iu Release Complete
5.Physical Channel
ReconfigurationUE
6.UE detected by target RNC
Procedure description:
The SRNC initiates a “Relocation Required” message to the CN.
1 Upon receiving the message, the CN sends “Relocation Request” message to the
DRNC. When SRNC sends the Relocation Required message, it shall start the
timer Trelocprep. Upon reception of the Relocation Command message, SRNC
shall stop the timer and terminate the Relocation Preparation procedure. If there is
no response from the CN to the Relocation Required message before expiry of
timer Trelocprep, SRNC shall cancel the Relocation Preparation procedure by
initiating the Relocation Cancel procedure with the Cause “Trelocprep expiry ”.
2 After the bearer on lu interface and the radio link are established, the DRNC returns
“Relocation Request Ack” message to inform the CN that the DRNC is ready.
3 The CN sends “Relocation Command” message to the SRNC requiring the SRNC
to start relocation.
4 The SRNC sends “Physical Channel Reconfiguration” message to the UE, requiring
UE to perform hard handover. Upon reception of the Relocation Command
message, SRNC shall stop the timer Trelocprep, start the timer Trelocoverall and
terminate the Relocation Preparation procedure. If the Iu Release procedure is not
initiated towards SRNC from CN before expirty of Trelocoverall, SRNC shall initiate
the Iu Release Request procedure towards CN with cause “Trelocoverall expiry ”.
5 The DRNC initiates “UE Detect” message to imply that the DRNC already detects
UE.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 60
6 Upon detecting the UE, the DRNC sends “Relocation Detect” message to CN, and
then DRNC is converted into a new SRNC through role exchange.
7 The UE returns “Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete ” message to inform
the new SRNC of successful hard handover.
8 Upon receiving the message, the new SRNC sends “Relocation Complete”
message to CN.
9 Upon receiving the message from the new SRNC, the CN sends “Iu Release
Command” message to the original SRNC to release all the resources in the original
SRNC.
10 Upon releasing the lu resource, the original SRNC sends “Iu Release Complete”
message to the CN.
There may exist some exceptional procedures during relocation.
11 Relocation failure caused by radio bearer (RB) reconfiguration failure
Upon receiving the RB reconfiguration failure message, the SRNC will send a
relocation cancellation message to the CN and the CN release the resources on the
DRNC side through the lu release procedure.
6.2 DSCR
Like relocation, DSCR is categorized into hard handover DSCR and soft handover
DSCR. The trigger condition of DSCR is:
Soft handover DSCR
It means that all radio links are handed over to DRNC and relocation is not
performed. DSCR will be triggered when all the following conditions are met:
The switch of soft handover DSCR RncFeatSwitch bit7 is open.
All radio links are in DRNC side.
CS service is not included.
Hard handover DSCR
DSCR will be trigger if all the following conditions are met when relocation is output
in hard handover.
The switch of hard handover DSCR RncFeatSwitch bit4 is open.
Hard handover is needed to perform according to decision.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 61
CS service is not included.
6.3 Coupling between relocation and DSCR
DSCR is performed in priority when conditions of relocation and DSCR are met
simultaneously.
If there is only PS service, DSCR is performed when conditions of relocation
and DSCR are met simultaneously.
If there is only CS service, relocation is performed.
For multi-RAB service, if DSCR condition of PS service is met, then DSCR is
performed after CS service is released.
7 Inter-RAT Handover Policy
Inter-RAT handover means that an UE switches from one radio access system to
another, and specifically, from a UTRAN access system to a GERAN system. (If an UE
switches from a GERAN system to a UTRAN system, the GERAN system policy is used.)
Inter-RAT handover can be measurement-based handover between systems or blind
handover based on GsmShareCover(Overlap or Covers).
The prerequisite of measured-based Inter-RAT handover is that the UE measures the
quality of the Inter-RAT neighboring cells. In WCDMA system, for Inter-RAT
measurement in CELL_DCH state, the UE must enable compressed mode for Inter-RAT
measurement unless it has dual receivers. In addition, regarding the influences of the
compressed mode on the system and UE, Inter-RAT measurement is enabled only
when the current UTRAN system has poor radio quality. The radio quality of the current
UTRAN system can be measured by four indicators, namely, uplink BLER, uplink
transmit power of the UE, downlink transmit power, and inter -frequency measurement
(quality measurement on the PCPICH by the UE). When receiving Inter-RAT
measurement result reported by the UE, the RNC makes Inter-RAT handover decision
and switches the UE to the target cell of the GERAN system specified in the
measurement result.
7.1 Inter-RAT Measurement
To avoid measurement fluctuation, the UE must perform layer 3 filter on the
measurement result, and then use the filtered value for event decision and reporting.
The FilterCoeff (Rat) is used as the layer 3 filter factor for intra -system measurement,
and the GsmFilterCoef is used for GSM system measurement. The principles are the
same as the formula for co-frequency measurement.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 62
Best
N
1i
iUTRANUTRAN LogM10W)(1MLog10WLogM10QA
Where:
QUTRAN indicates the measurement result of the currently used UTRAN frequency (dB for
Ec/No; dBm for RSCP).
MUTRAN indicates the measured physical value of the currently used UTRAN frequency
(ratio for Ec/No; mV for RSCP).
M i indicates the measured physical value of cell I in the current active set.
NA indicates the number of the cells (excluding best cells) in an active set.
MBest indicates the measurement result of the best cells in an active set.
W indicates the weight of the best cells in an active set in the frequency quality
evaluation of the currently used UTRAN.
7.1.1 Overview of Inter-RAT Measurement
Inter-RAT measurement is to measure the Inter-RAT cells. In the case of Inter-RAT
measurement, the measured quantity of the UTRAN network can be triggered based on
the measured quantity of Ec/N0 or RSCP. The specific parameter used is controlled by
the NonIntraMeasQuan parameter. The measured quantity of Inter-RAT measurement
depends on the systems to be measured. For the GERA N, the measured quantity is
RSSI. At present, Inter-RAT measurement supports only the handover modes reported
through events. The IntRatHoMth parameter is invalid.
3GPP defies a series of Inter-RAT measurement events. An UE reports the
corresponding events when defined conditions are met.
3A: The currently used UTRAN carrier quality is lower than a threshold, and the quality
of other radio systems is higher than a threshold. It is used for decision of Inter-RAT
handover.
/2HTQ 3aUsedUsed and /2HTCIOM 3aRATOtherRATOtherRATOther
Where:
QUsed indicates the estimated quality of the used frequency of the UTRAN.
TUsed indicates the absolute threshold (Thresh[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]) of the
currently used frequency difference.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 63
H3a is the hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT] (Rat)) for 3A
event decision.
MOther RAT is the quality measurement result of other systems.
CIOOther RAT is the quality offset of other system cells (CellIndivOffset(gsmRelation).
TOther RAT is the absolute threshold of other systems
(ThreshSys[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]).l
3C: The quality of other radio systems is higher than a threshold. It can be used for
Inter-RAT handover decision.
/2HTCIOM 3cRATOtherRATOtherRATOther
Where:
MOther RAT is the quality measurement result of other systems.
CIOOther RAT is the quality offset of other system cells (CellIndivOffset(gsmRelation).
TOther RAT is the absolute threshold of other systems
(ThreshSys[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]).
H3c is the hysteresis parameter (Hysteresis[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT] (Rat)) for 3C
event decision.
During Inter-RAT event decision, the carrier must keep meeting the reporting scope or
threshold of an event for a certain period of time (TrigTime[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
(Rat)) before it can be reported as this event. In this way, improper reporting of Inter-
RAT events resulted from carrier quality fluctuation can be avoided.
7.1.2 Control Methods for Inter-RAT Measurement
7.1.2.1 Setting up a measurement
The principles for setting up an Inter-RAT measurement (service-based Inter-RAT
handover) depend on the value of the service handover IE in the RAB assignment
request message.
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM should be
performed, it indicates that the RAB should switch to the GSM system as soon as
possible. During the service setup or intra-system handover of such a service, if the
current dwell cell has a GSM neighboring cell ad the inter -frequency measurement
is not enabled after service setup or handover is successful, the RNC enables
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 64
Inter-RAT measurement immediately. (Note: For simplification, the startup policy of
service-based Inter-RAT measurement is not checked in the following scenarios:
i Soft handover succeeds.
ii Incoming compressed mode relocation of soft handover is enabled.)
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM should not be
performed, it indicates that the RAB can switch to the GSM only when it exceeds
the bearing capability of the UMTS. For such a service, the RNC enables Inter-RAT
measurement only when the quality of the UMTS system is poor. The specific
scenarios are as follows:
The current working carrier is in poor quality (the measurement method is
described in ), but the conditions for enabling inter-frequency measurement (that is,
the inter-frequency neighboring cell is not configured) or for inter -frequency blind
handover are not met. In this case, i f Inter-RAT measurement is not enabled or the
conditions for Inter-RAT blind handover are met but blind handover fails, Inter-RAT
measurement is set up.
iii Inter-frequency measurement is enabled, and all non-working carriers trigger
2E events. In this case, if the conditions for Inter-RAT blind handover are not
met and Inter-RAT neighboring cells exist, or the conditions for Inter-RAT blind
handover are met, but blind handover fails, inter-frequency measurement is
disabled, and Inter-RAT measurement is set up.
When the value of the service handover IE is Handover to GSM shall not be
performed, it indicates that the service cannot be switched to the GSM. For such a
service, the RNC does not enable Inter-RAT measurement or trigger the handover
to GSM.
Parameter ServBasedHoInd indicates whether RNC supports handover based on
service and ServHoSwch is used to control whether a cell open such function. For
UE in macro diversity state, ServHoSwch in the best cell is taken. If the best cell is
changed, parameter configuration needs update.
Service handover strategy controlled by RNC
When IE “service handover” is not include in RAB Assignment Request, RNC can
perform service handover strategy by parameter ServHoInd:
If the parameter sets as “Ignore service handover IE”,RNC will ignore
"service handover" IE in requested RAB, and perform strategy according to
the value of
AmrServHoStra/CS64ServHoStra/PsRtServHoStra/PsNrtServHoStra; If the
parameter sets as “Apply service handover IE” and "service handover" is
not included in requested RAB, RNC will also perform corresponding service
handover strategy according to the value of
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 65
AmrServHoStra/CS64ServHoStra/PsRtServHoStra/PsNrtServHoStra,
otherwise RNC will perform strategy based on the value of "service handover"
IE in requested RAB.
Four service types (AMR/CS64/PS RT/PS NRT) are classified in this
strategy and RNC performs service handover according to the parameter
AmrServHoStra/CS64ServHoStra/PsRtServHoStra/PsNrtServHoStra.
For multi-RAB service, ServHoComStra is used to control the combination of
service handover values. For example, if service handover value of AMR is
Handover to GSM should be performed, and the value of PS RT service is
Handover to GSM should not be performed, the priority of Handover to GSM should
not be performed can be set to at a higher level than Handover to GSM should be
perform, then when AMR and PS RT service are setup simultaneously, WCDMA is
used to carry the services, only after PS RT service is released can CS voice
service is allowed to hand over to GSM based on service handover value.
7.1.2.2 Modifying a measurement
After Inter-RAT measurement is enabled, the measurement is changed in the following
cases:
After soft handover, if Inter-RAT measurement parameters and Inter-RAT
neighboring cells are changed, the Inter-RAT measurement parameters and Inter-
RAT neighboring cell list are updated by means of measurement modification.
When a service is added or deleted, if the handover parameters for a single service
or concurrent services are different, Inter-RAT measurement parameters must be
updated by means of measurement and modification.
7.1.2.3 Deleting a measurement
Before hard handover, Inter-RAT measurement is enabled. Terminate the Inter-
RAT measurement.
After soft handover, Inter-RAT measurement is terminated in any of the following
cases:
The cell in an active set does not have Inter-RAT neighboring cell.
Inter-RAT neighboring cells are neighboring cells with GsmShareCover(Overlap or
Covers)
The Inter-RAT neighboring cells and the int ra-frequency neighboring cells of the
cells in the current active set are neighboring cells with GsmShareCover(Overlap or
Covers)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 66
When the service handover value of the service is “Handover to GSM should not be
performed”, and the quality of the working carries turns for better (the measurement
method is the same as that described in ), the compressed mode is closed, and
Inter-RAT measurement is terminated.
In the case of exceptions, such as the exceptional report of the Inter-RAT
measurement task (for example, an unavailable measurement task is received from
the network side), the corresponding Inter-RAT measurement is released.
7.1.2.4 Processing of Inter-RAT Events
Processing of 3A/3C events
1) In a cell, inter-RAT handover can only be triggered by 3A or 3C event, which is
controlled by Inter-RAT handover tactic RatHoTactic.
2) Penalty timer set by HoToGsmPenTimer is introduced to avoid inter -RAT
handover failure repeatedly because of 2G target cell. It means that only the
timer is overtime can inter-RAT handover be attempted again when inter-RAT
handover fails.
3) When only PS service exists, if UE supports inter-RAT PS service handover
and parameters PsInterSysHoSupp and BscFeatSwitch in OMCR indicates
that RNC andadjacent BSC supports PS service handover respectively, then
adopt HANDOVER FROM COMMAND process (See “CS Service Handover
from 3G System to 2G System” process). Otherwise, adopt cell reselection
process of PS service handover (See “PS Service Reselection in 3G to 2G
Handover” process). In cell reselection of PS service handover process, inter-
RAT cell reselection time can be decreased by NACC, which means that
system information of target GERAN cell is carried in CELL CHANGE
ORDER FROM UTRAN message sent from RNC to UE, assisting UE in inter-
RAT cell reselection process. NaccSuppInd parameter indicates that whether
RNC supports NACC function or not. GeranCellInd indicates whether a GSM
cell is a GERAN cell.
4) When CS service and PS service exist simultaneity, if UE supports inter-RAT
DTM handover and parameters DtmSuppInd and BscFeatSwitch in OMCR
indicates that RNC and adjacent BSC supports DTM handover, then adopt
HANDOVER FROM COMMAND process to handover concurrent service to 2G
system. Otherwise suspend PS service firstly, then handover CS service to 2G
system and handover PS service to 2G system in sequence.
7.1.2.5 Policy for Setting Inter-RAT Measurement Parameters
Policy for setting Inter-RAT event parameters
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 67
There are four Inter-RAT measurement events, namely, 3A, and 3Cevents. The
EventId [MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT] (Rat) parameter controls the number of the
events to be configured. The EventId [MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT] (Rat)
parameter controls the specific events to be configured. The MeaEvtId parameter is
defined in array mode. The dimension of arrays equals the value of MeasEvtNum,
being 4 at most.
Handover parameter configuration strategy in macro diversity:
Measurement parameters are based on cells. Therefore, in the case of macro
diversity, the measurement parameters configured for the best cell are used as
handover parameters. If the best cell changes, the measurement p arameters must
be updated.
For handover in inter-RNC, if there has SRNC cell in active set, the measurement
parameters of the best cell in SRNC will be used as handover parameters, and if
there is no SRNC cell in activeset, the measurement parameters of the last SRNC
cell in active set will be used as handover parameters.
Setting of multiple sets of handover parameters
Inter-RAT handover parameters can be configured separately according to the
measured quantity, measurement reporting mode, and service bearer type. In this
way, multiple sets of measurement parameters are required for different purposes.
The classification is as follows:
Measured quantity of the UTRAN
NonIntraMeasQuan ( PCPICH RSCP or Ec/N0 or both of them)
Remark:
(1) When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured as “Ec/No” or “RSCP ”, only issue
corresponding measurement quality.
(2) When NonIntraMeasQuan is configured as “Ec/No and RSCP”, two
categories of 2D/2F measurement event about CPICH Ec/No and CPICH
RSCP are configured and one of 2D measurement events can trigger
compressed mode. After compressed mode is triggered, inter-RAT event of
corresponding measurement quantity will be issued according to that of 2D
event. For example, if the measurement quantity of triggering 2D event is
Cpich Ec/No, only inter-RAT event of Cpich Ec/No will be issued.
Measurement reporting mode
IntRatHoMth (Event report or periodically report
Only Event report can be supported currently. So the following parameters for
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 68
periodically report is not used currently: PrdMeasEcNo(RAT),
PrdMeasRSCP(RAT), PrdRptAmount(RAT), PrdRptInterval(RAT) )
Service bearer type (TrfCategory(Rat))
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type (used for detect set measurement)
For ease of parameter modification and optimization, Inter-RAT handover parameters
are arranged by indexes. The index relation is as follows:
Figure 7-1 Indexing relation for Inter-RAT handover
Utran Cell (utranCell)UE Inter-Rat Measurement
Configuration Information(Rat)
UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category (CRat)
TrfCatRatMIdx
NonIntraMeasQuan
TrfCategory:
RT RAB Including Voice
RT RAB Excluding Voice
Single NRT on DL DCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL DCH
Single NRT RAB on DL HS-DSCH/UL E-DCH
All Multi-NRT RAB on DL DCH/UL DCH
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and only DCHs are Used in UL
Multi-NRT RAB, HSPA is Involved and E-DCH is Used in UL
Not Related to Service Type
InterRatCfgNo
The procedure for obtaining an Inter-RAT handover parameter is as follows: 1) Obtain
the TrfCatRatMIdx parameter from Utran Cell (utranCell). 2) Find the InterRatCfgNo
parameter in UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to Traffic Category (CRat) based on
TrfCatRatMIdx, TrfCategory, and EvtMeasRSCP or EvtMeasEcNo. 3) Find the
corresponding handover measurement parameter in UE Inter -Rat Measurement
Configuration Information(Rat) based on InterRatCfgNo.
Note: Each InterRatCfgNo corresponds to an EvtMeasRSCP or EvtMeasEcNo,
indicated by InterRatCfgNote.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 69
The relations between the other parameters to be entered in the Inter-RAT
measurement control message and the OMCR parameters are as follows:
Measurement report transmission mode (MeasRptTrMod)
GSM BSIC acknowledgement indication for Inter-RAT measurement
(BSICVeriReq)
UTRAN quality estimation reporting indication (UtranEstQual)
GSM cell RSSI reporting indication (GsmCarrRSSIInd)
Measured quantity for UTRAN quality estimation in Inter-RAT measurement
(OwnMeasQuantity)
(OwnMeasQuantity) (RptCrt(Rat)
Note: OwnMeasQuantity and RptCrt(Rat) are automatically entered based on
InterRatCfgNote, and manual operations are not needed. The values of these
parameters are for maintenance personnel’s reference.
Switch of inter-RAT handover based on measurement for different services
There are several switches for different services to control whether inter-RAT based on
measurment could be performed. When the switch is open, it is allowed to perform inter-
RAT handover for the corresponding service. Otherwise RNC forbids performing inter-
RAT handover for the serivce by not activating inter-RAT measurement. The switches
for different services are as followed:
Service Switch
AMR AmrRatHoSwch
R99 RT R99RtRatHoSwch
R99 NRT R99NrtRatHoSwch
HSDPA HsdpaIfHoSwch
HSUPA HsupaRatHoSwch
7.1.3 Neighboring Cells Configuration
In neighboring cells configuration, neighboring cell list used for reselection in non-
CELL_DCH state and that used for handover in CELL_DCH state can be configured
separately. In handover, target cells are chosed by neighboring cells configuration state
(GsmStateMode). When UE in macro diversity state, the neighboring cell list is the union
of neighboring cell list of each cell active set, then the number of inter -RAT neighboring
cells may exceed 32 which is the maximum number regulated by protocol. If the number
of inter-RAT neighboring cells exceeds 32, it needs to delete some cells to ensure that
there are only 32 inter-RAT neighboring cells. With minimal impact on UE in active set,
these dropped cells are those with poorer signal quality or remoter geographical location.
So each inter-RAT neighboring cell is configured with a priority.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 70
7.1.3.1 Priority Settings of Cells
The MeasPrio(gsmRelation) parameter is used to define the priority of an Inter-RAT
neighboring cell. The value can be 0 (high), 1 (medium), or 2 (low). The value can be
determined by network planning engineers according to existing network situations, such
as the quality and geographic location of the Inter-RAT neighboring cell. 0 shows the
priority settings of Inter-RAT neighboring cells based on geographic locations. Assume
that the gray cell in the center is the source cell. It has three layers of Inter-RAT
neighboring cells, marked respectively in yellow, blue, and red. The Inter-RAT
neighboring cells in yellow have the highest priority level, namely, 0. Those in blue have
the secondary highest priority level, namely, 1. Those in red have the lowest priority
level, namely, 2.
Figure 7-2 Priority settings of cells
Source Cell
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
7.1.3.2 Deletion policy in the case of more than 32 neighboring cells
Related standards stipulate that the maximum number of Inter-RAT neighboring cells is
32. When an UE is in macro diversity state, the number of unions of Inter-RAT
neighboring cells of multiple cells in the macro diversity may exceed this limit. Therefore,
a specific policy is needed to delete neighboring cells. The policy involves combination,
selection, and deletion of the neighboring cells with the same priority.
Priority combination
If a cell is a common neighboring cell of multiple cells in the active set, it may be
configured with different priority levels in different cells. In this case, the multiple priori ty
levels of this cell must be combined, using the highest priority level as the priority of this
cell.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 71
Neighboring cell list update and deletion in the case of more than 32 neighboring
cells
If the Inter-RAT neighboring cell list of an active list contains more than 32 cells, the cells
are sorted in descending order based on priority. The first 32 cells remain unchanged,
and all other cells are put into the reserved Inter-RAT neighboring cell list which can
buffer at most 8 truncated inter-RAT cells.
Each time when the 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D event is triggered, the priority levels of the
neighboring cells in the Inter-RAT neighboring cell list are updated. If there are less than
32 cells in the Inter-RAT neighboring cell list after the 1B event is triggered, the cells with
the highest priority in the reserved Inter-RAT neighboring cell list are put into the Inter-
RAT neighboring cell list. The number of the cells from the reserved Inter-RAT
neighboring cell list equals: min(32 – number of existing cells in the Inter-RAT
neighboring cell list).
7.2 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink Coverage
Downlink coverage uses 2D and 2F events as the criterions for evaluating the signal
quality of the current frequency. The RNC transmits the 2D ad 2F event configuration to
the UE when the service is set up. If the UE reports a 2D event, that is, the current
carrier is in poor signal quality, and no inter-frequency neighboring cells exist, or the UE
reports a 2E event after inter-frequency measurement is started (that is, the signal
quality of the measured inter-frequency neighboring cell is also poor), the RNC tries to
initiate Inter-RAT blind handover first if Inter-RAT neighboring cells withGsmShareCover
(Overlap or Covers) exist. If Inter-RAT neighboring cells exist but have no
GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers) relation, or blind handover fails, the RNC needs to
configure and start Inter-RAT measurement 3A or 3C event to the UE, and then
performs the corresponding decision process for Inter-RAT handover according to the
3A, or 3C event subsequently reported by the UE.
7.3 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink BLER
The UlBlerHoSwch parameter controls the enabling of uplink BLER based handover.
This policy is specific to DCHs.
When the value of UlBlerHoSwch is On, the RNC periodically measures the uplink BLER.
If the measured uplink BLER is higher than a certain threshold (1.25%), and the real -
time measured value (Sirtarget) reaches the maximum value of the BAM (ULMaxSIR),
the RNC triggers the Inter-RAT measurement or handover policy. The process is the
same as that for Inter-RAT handover based on downlink coverage.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 72
7.4 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Uplink Transmit Power
The UlPwrHoSwch parameter controls the enabling of inter-frequency handover based
on uplink transmit power.
Notes: Handover Based on Uplink Transmit Power is used only for traffic carried on
DCHs.
When the value of UlPwrHoSwch is On, the RNC starts the internal measurement for the
UE that reports a 6A (the uplink power of the UE exceeds the absolute threshold,
namely, 100% of the maximum transmit power of the UE) or 6B (the uplink power of the
UE is lower than the absolute threshold, namely, 90% of the maximum transmit power of
the UE) measurement event when the initial service is set up. When the transmit power
of the UE meets the event threshold, the UE reports the corresponding event. After
receiving a 6A event, the RNC performs processing according to the same process as
that for Inter-RAT handover based on downlink coverage.
7.5 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Downlink
Transmit Power
The DlPwrHoSwch parameter controls the enabling of inter-frequency handover based
on downlink transmit power.
This policy is specific to DCHs.
When the value of DlPwrHoSwch is On, the RNC checks the DTCP in the NodeB
dedicated measurement report. If the DTCP reaches a certain threshold (90% of the
maximum downlink transmit power MaxDlDpchPwr), it indicates the downlink power is
very high. In this case, the process is the same as that for Inter-RAT handover based on
downlink coverage.
7.6 Handover Based on Load Control
RNC selects some users with lower priority levels in the cell and switches them to the
neighboring cells with GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers) blindly in case of the
following conditions:
When the load (transmitted carrier power (TCP) or received total wideband power
(RTWP)) of a cell is rather high,
If the current neighboring cell does not have any inter-frequency neighboring cell
with ShareCover (Overlap or Covers), but has inter-RAT neighboring cells with
GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers), the RNC selects some users with lower
priority levels in the cell and switches them to the neighboring cells with
GsmShareCover (Overlap or Covers) blindly.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 73
In this way, the system load can be reduced quickly and the system reliability can be
guaranteed. For details about the inter-system handover based on load, refer to the ZTE
UMTS Load Balance Feature Guide.
7.7 Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load
As UMTS can acquire the load condition in GSM after IUR-G is introduced, inter-RAT
handover based on GSM load is taken into consideration in order to avoid admission
failure in GSM because of overload in GSM system. This function is controlled by
parameter LdBsIntSysHOInd.
7.7.1 Acquirement and Update of GSM Load Condition
3GPP defines three catogories of GSM load in IUR-G: Load Value, RT Load, and NRT
load. Load Value is about total load condition in cell, while RT Load for RT service load
and NRT Load for NRT service load.
GSM overload cell save and update strategy
Define RT overload cell list and GSM overload cell list. RNC saves and updates the
two lists in time, and sets up an overload valid timer CellLdInfoVldTim. When duration of
a cell’s overload information before updating exceeds CellLdInfoVldTim, the cell will be
deleted from corresponding overload cell list.
When reported downlink RT load in GSM cell is not less than GsmDlRTLdThrd or
reported uplink RT load in GSM cell is not less than GsmUlRtLdThrd, it means that the
load in GSM cell is heavy and RT service can not be accessed, then the cell will be kept
in RT overload cell list. If reported uplink/downlink RT load is smaller than the according
threshold in a cell and the cell exists in RT overload cell list, then the cell will be deleted
from RT overload cell list.
When reported downlink load in GSM cell is not less than GsmDlLdThrd or reported
uplink load in GSM cell is not less than GsmUlLdThrd, it means that any service can not
be accessed, and then the cell will be kept in GSM overload cell list. If reported
uplink/downlink load is smaller than the according threshold in a cell and the cell exists
in GSM overload cell list, then the cell will be deleted from GSM overload cell list.
For RT service, i f RT load is reported, then it is used to decide the load condition of
GSM cell, otherwise Load Value is used to decide. For NRT service, Load Value is used
to decide the load condition of GSM cell.
7.7.2 Inter-RAT Handover based on GSM Load Process
Under following scenarios, firstly select target cell list which will be handovered to. If a
target cell is included in overload cell list, it is considered that the GSM cell is overload
and handover to the cell is not triggered, then try another cell in the candidate cells list. If
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 74
all cells in candidate cells list don’t satisfy handover condition, the corresponding
handover is not performed.
Inter-RAT handover based on quality of downlink coverage, uplink BLER, and
uplink/downlink transmit power.
Inter-RAT handover based on load control
Inter_RAT handover based on load balance
Remark: For RT service, i f GSM reports RT info rmation, overload-cell list stands for RT
overload-cell list. Otherwise, i f GSM doesn’t report RT information, overload cell list
stands for GSM overload-cell list. For NRT service, overload-cell list means GSM
overload-cell list.
7.8 Coupling for Different Handover Causes
As described above, the causes of Inter-RAT handover include the following:
Handover based on load control
Based on downlink coverage/quality event
Based on uplink transmit power
Based on uplink BLER
Based on downlink transmit power
Handover based on load control aims to reduce the system load quickly to ensure the
system stability. Therefore, handover based on load control has the highest priority. The
handover triggered by radio quality causes such as downlink coverage event, uplink
transmit power, uplink BLER, ad downlink transmit power aims to ensure the QoS and
impressibility of users. The handover of this kind has second highest priority.
The handover of higher priority filters the handover of lower priority, for example, a cell
handed over based on load control cannot access new services.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 75
7.9 Inter-RAT Handover Process
7.9.1 CS Service Handover from 3G System to 2G System
Figure 7-3 3G to 2G CS service handover
RNCNODE BUE
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND
HANDOVER COMPLETE
CN
RELOCATION REQUIRED
RELOCATION COMMAND
BSC
HANDOVER REQUEST
HANDOVER DETECT
HANDOVER COMPLETE
IU RELEASE COMMAND
IU RELEASE COMPLETE
HANDOVER REQUEST ACK
RADIO LINK DELETION REQUEST
RADIO LINK DELETION RESPONSE
7.9.2 PS Service Reselection in 3G to 2G Handover
If UE doesn’t support inter-RAT PS service handover or adjacent BSC doesn’t support
PS service handover, handover of PS domain from the UTRAN to the GSM can be
classified into the following cases:
The UE actively initiates the PS service reselection. The UE selects a GPRS cell to
dwell through the cell reselection process, sets up a connection with the target cell,
and then initiates route area update. This case applies to an UE in CELL_FACH or
URA_PCH state.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 76
Figure 7-4 PS service reselection initiated by an UE in the case of 3G to 2G handover
UE CN
1. Cell Reselection
triggered
Serving
RNC
RANAP RANAP2. Iu Release Command
RANAP RANAP2. Iu Release Complete
The RNC actively initiates PS service reselection. The RNC decides to switch the
UE to another RAT cell according to handover decision results. This case applies to
an UE in CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH state. The RNC sends a handover command
CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN to the UE. After receiving the command,
the UE sets up a connection with the target cell, and then initiates route area
update.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 77
Figure 7-5 PS service reselection initiated by the RNC in the case of 3G to 2G handover
1. Cell Change Order from UTRAN
UE
RRC RRC
2. Reselection to the target GPRS cell; radio link establishment in GSM/BSS
GMM GMM 3. Routing Area Update Request
4. SRNS Context
Request RANAP RANAP
RANAP 5. SRNS Context
Response RANAP
6. SRNS Data Forward
Command RANAP RANAP
7. Forwarding of PDUs
RANAP RANAP 8. Iu Release Command
10. Routing Area Update Accept
Node B BTS
BSC CN
(SGSN)
RNC
Serving
GMM
GMM GMM
GMM 11. Routing Area Update Complete
RANAP 9. Iu Release Complete
RANAP
Procedure description:
1 Upon detection of a trigger, SRNC initiates the handover to GSM/BSS by sending
the RRC message Cell Change Order from UTRAN to the UE, and starts the timer
TWaitContextReq. Upon reception of the SRNS Context Request message, SRNC
shall stop the timer. If TWaitContextReq expires, SRNC starts the timer
TWaitDataFwd.
2 The UE reselects to the target GPRS cell and establishes the radio connection to
the GSM/BSS.
3 The UE initiates the GPRS Routing Area Update procedure by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Request to the SGSN.
4 The SGSN sends the RANAP message SRNS Context Request to the SRNC listing
the PS RABs for which context transfer shall be performed.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 78
5 SRNC responds to the SGNS with the RANAP message SRNS Context Response
containing the context information of all referenced PS RABs whose transfer is
successful and starts the timer TWaitDataFwd. Upon reception of the SRNS Data
Forward Command message, SRNC shall stop the timer. If TWaitDataFwd expires,
SRNC starts the timer TWaitRelCmd.
6 The SGSN asks the SRNC to forward its buffered data back to the SGSN by
sending the RANAP message SRNS Data Forward Command, and starts the timer
TWaitRelCmd. Upon reception of the IU RELEASE COMMAND message, SRNC
shall stop the timer. If TWaitDataFwd expires, SRNC releases IU conncetion.
7 For each PS RAB indicated by the SRNS Data Forward Command, the SRNC
starts duplicating and tunnelling the buffered data back to the SGSN.
8 The SGSN sends the RANAP message Iu Release Command to initiate the release
of the Iu connection with UTRAN.
9 At the expiration of the RNC data forwarding timer (i.e. TDATAfwd), the SRNC
sends the RANP message Iu Release Complete message to the SGSN.
10 The SGSN validates the UE’s presence in the new RA by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Accept to the UE. The message may contain a new
P-TMSI that the network assigns to the UE.
11 The UE acknowledges the assignment of a new P -TMSI by sending the GMM
message Routing Area Update Complete to the UE.
8 IMSI-based handover
Parameter BasedImsiHoInd indicates whether RNC supports IMSI-based handover.
The IMSI-based handover can limit the range of cells for allowed for handover according
to IMSI of UE with the following principle:
While the measurement control message is not delivered before CommonID message is
received in the signaling stage, RNC does not yet know the cells authorized to the user.
Therefore RNC delivers the measurement control message regardless of the
authorization status of the cells.
While delivering measurement control message after receiving CommonID message,
RNC queries whether the cells are authorized according to the IMSI information carried
in the CommonID message of lu interface and also the authorization information
configured in the network side. Only the authorized neighbor cells will be included in the
neighbor cell list of measurement control message.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 79
In the process of RAB assignment of service, a decision of whether the current service
cell is authorized is made according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID
message and the authorization information configured in the network side.
If none of the cells in the active set is authorized
If the best cells in the active set are like the coverage neighbor cells (ShareCover)
and are also authorized cells,
then the inter-frequency handover is performed along with service establishment
Otherwise,
If the best cells in the active set are like the coverage GSM neighbor cells
(GsmShareCover) and are authorized cells, and also the current service is AMR,
then Inter-RAT directional retry is performed
Otherwise,
return, treated as assignment failure
Otherwise,
establish service normally. If some of the cells in the active set are unauthorized
cells, delete the unauthorized cells from the active set through the active set update flow.
8.1 Querying Whether a SRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI
0 shows the process of querying whether a neighbor cell belonging SRNC is authorized
according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID message of lu interface and
also the authorization information configured in the network side. The steps of the query
are:
1 Resolve the MCC (rncPnSnac), MNC and other number information ExtInfo (10
digits at most, number of digits depending on ExtInfoDgtNum ) according to the IMSI
carried in the CommonID message of lu interface.
2 Use the information (MCC, MNC and ExtInfo) resolved and also the authorized
network information MCC (rncPnSnac), MNC (rncPnSnac) and ExtInfo (rncPnSnac)
configured in the network side to query whether the IMSI of UE is authorized or not.
If MCC, MNC and ExtInfo of UE does not have a configuration item in rncPnSnac,
“no neighbor cell authorized” is returned. Otherwise the MCC (SMCC), MNC
(SMNC) and SNAC that are authorized are obtained.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 80
3 According to the relation between MCC (rncLcSnac), MNC (rncLcSnac), SNAC
(rncLcSnac) and LAC (rncLcSnac) and also the cell information including MCC
(utranCell), MNC (utranCell), LAC (utranCell), query whether the cell belongs to the
MCC (rncLcSnac), MNC (rncLcSnac), and LAC (rncLcSnac) that are already
authorized.
Figure 8-1 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a SRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI
CommonID:MCC
MNC
ExtInfo
rncPnSnac:MCC
MNC
ExtInfo
SNAC
Granted:MCC
MNC
SNAC
rncLcSnac:MCC
MNC
SNAC
LAC
Granted:MCC
MNC
LAC
utranCell、externalUtranCell、gsmRelation:MCC
MNC
LAC
Neighbor cell is
granted or not
8.2 Querying Whether a DRNC Cell Is Authorized According to IMSI
0 shows the process of querying whether a neighbor cell belonging DRNC is authorized
according to the IMSI information carried in the CommonID message of lu interface and
also the authorization information configured in the network side. The steps of the query
are:
1 Resolve the MCC (rncPnSnac), MNC and other number information ExtInfo (10
digits at most, number of digits depending on ExtInfoDgtNum ) according to the IMSI
carried in the CommonID message of lu interface.
2 Use the information (MCC, MNC and ExtInfo) resolved and also the authorized
network information MCC (rncPnSnac), MNC (rncPnSnac) and ExtInfo (rncPnSnac)
configured in the network side to query whether the IMSI of UE is authorized or not.
If MCC, MNC and ExtInfo of UE does not have a configuration item in rncPnSnac,
“no neighbor cell authorized” is returned. Otherwise the MCC (SMCC), MNC
(SMNC) and SNAC that are authorized are obtained.
3 According to the granted MCC(SMCC), MNC(SMNC), SNAC and the DRNC
neighbor cell information including: MCC(externalUtranCell, gsmRelation),
MNC(externalUtranCell, gsmRelation), SNAC(externalUtranCell, gsmRelation),
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 81
query whether the DRNC neighbor cell belongs to the MCC(SMCC),
MNC(SMNC)and SNAC that are already authorized.
Notes:In step 3, how many SNAC is configured for DRNC neighbor cells is controlled by
SNACNum (externalUtranCell, gsmRelation).
Figure 8-2 Schematic Diagram of Querying Whether a DRNC Cell Is Authorized
According to IMSI
CommonID:MCC
MNC
ExtInfo
rncPnSnac:MCC
MNC
ExtInfo
SNAC
Granted:MCC
MNC
SNAC
rncLcSnac:MCC
MNC
SNAC
LAC
Granted:MCC
MNC
LAC
utranCell:MCC
MNC
LAC
Neighbor cell is
granted or not
9 HSDPA-related special strategy
For channel changes from non-DCH to DCH in the HSDPA handover process, the target
data rate of DCH is the guaranteed bit rate of GBR traffic or the minimum rate of DRBC
for no GBR traffic(refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide for details).
9.1 Overview
The cells are classified in three types according to the support capability of HSDPA
(HspaSptMeth) after HSDPA is introduced: (1) support HSDPA and DCH; (2) do not
support HSUPA or HSDPA; (3) support HSDPA only. The services are classified in two
types: HSDPA service and NHSDPA service. The HSDPA handover is similar to R99
handover in terms of measurement and handover decision, except that the decisions of
cell capacity during a handover and the service type are added. For the HSDPA service,
the handover is accepted through HS-DSCH to the cells that support HSDPA and DCH
and cells that support HSDPA only as much as possible. If the HS-DSCH fails, accept
the handover to the cells that support HSDPA and DCH and cells that do not support
HSUPA or HSDPA through DCH. For the NHSDPA service, the handover can only be
accepted through DCH to the cells that support HSDPA and DCH and cells that do not
support HSUPA or HSDPA.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 82
After HSDPA is introduced, the inter-RNC handover also depends on the capability of
office direction RNC to support HSDPA (RncFeatSwitch) because neighbor cells feature
varying support capabilities (HspaSptMeth). That is, only if both the target cell and target
RNC (office direction RNC) support HSDPA, the HS-DSCHHS-DSCH handover can
be performed. Otherwise, the DCHDCH handover flow cannot be originated until HS-
DSCH falls back to DCH. The channel transfer is performed along with handover.
Different channel t ransfer situations are described in the following based on different
handover types.
9.2 Intra-frequency Handover
The intra-frequency handover of HDSPA includes soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of
HS-DSCH associated channel, HS-DSCH service cell change, channel type change due
to different capabilities between source cell and target cell during the handover process.
The strategy of soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of HS-DSCH associated channel is
described in “strategy of int ra-frequency handover”. The HS-DSCH service cell change
and channel type change are special handover strategies that make HSDPA different
from the R99 (DCH) handover. The specific principles are:
1 HS-DSCH->DCH
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the link to be deleted for 1B event
triggering/radio link failure happens to be the service cell of HS-DSCH, and also the
cells in the active set do not support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of
soft handover together with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1C event is triggered, the
cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH service cell and also the cells in the new active
set do not support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of soft handover
together with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1D event triggers intra-
frequency hard handover and the target cell does not support acceptance through
HS-DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH
transferring to DCH is made.
2 DCH->HS-DSCH
The current service of UE includes HSDPA and also the DCH is used before the
handover. If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell
supports acceptance through HS -DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard
handover together with DCH transferring to HS-DSCH is made.
The current service of UE includes HSDPA, the DCH is used before the handover
and also the best cell in the active set supports HSDPA. If the downlink traffic
increases to trigger the 4A event (refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature
Guide for details), a decision of handover from DCH to HS -DSCH is made.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 83
3 HS->DSCH->HS-DSCH
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the 1D event triggers intra-
frequency hard handover and the target cell supports acceptance through HS-
DSCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH service
cell change is made.
If the HS-DSCH is used before the handover and the link to be deleted for 1B event
triggering/radio link failure happens to be the service cell of HS -DSCH, and also
there are cells in the active set that support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a
decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH change is made. If the 1C/1D
event triggers soft handover, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH service cell
and also the cells in the new active set support acceptance through HS-DSCH, a
decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH change is made.
In the above described processes, the 1D event may trigger ping -pong handover that
leads to frequent change of service cell. To avoid this,
a time threshold (T1d) is configured and changes of service cell should occur at an
interval longer than this threshold.
9.3 Inter-frequency Handover
The conditions for triggering the inter-frequency handover of HDSPA are described in
“inter-frequency handover strategy”. The HS-DSCH service cell change or channel type
change always happens in the handover process. The principles are as follow:
1 HS-DSCH->DCH
The current service of UE includes HSDPA and also the HS-DSCH is used before
the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter-frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell does not support
acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH transferring to DCH is made.
2 DCH->HS-DSCH
The current service of UE includes HSDPA and also the DCH is used before the
handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with DCH transferring to HS -DSCH is made.
3 HS-DSCH->HS-DSCH
The current service of UE includes HSDPA and also the HS-DSCH is used before
the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter-frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 84
acceptance through HS-DSCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH service cell change is made.
4 Handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces
For the hard handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces, the handover strategy
is the same as the handover inside the RNC if the target cell supports HS-DSCH.
But if the target cell does not support HS-DSCH, the HS-DSCH/DCH should fall
back to DCH/DCH first, and then the hard handover between lur interfaces and
redirection flow can be performed.
9.4 Inter-RAT Handover
Two strategies are available for handovers between HSDPA systems: UTRAN-
>GSM/GERAN strategy and GSM/GERAN -> UTRAN strategy.
1 UTRAN->GSM/GERAN
The HSDPA service is included and then the same handover flow as that for
between R99 systems is performed.
2 GSM/GERAN -> UTRAN
The strategy is similar to that when a service accesses the system for the first time.
If both service and target cell support HS-DSCH/DCH, the service is established
directly on HS-DSCH/DCH, otherwise try DCH/DCH.
10 HSUPA-related special strategy
If in the handover process, the channel type changes from non -DCH to DCH, the
handover is accepted according to the target rate of DCH, that is, the guaranteed bit rate
of the current service while the handover occurs or the minimum rate of DRBC (refer to
ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm Feature Guide for details).
10.1 Overview
HSUPA is developed on the basis of HSDPA. An HSUPA net work element (UE, RNC or
NodeB) that supports HSUPA will also supports HSDPA. That is, if E-DCH is adopted in
uplink, HS-DSCH is adopted in downlink without doubt. Therefore, HSUPA supports five
types of cells (HspaSptMeth): (1) cells that support HSUPA and HSDPA; (2) cells that
support HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH; (3) cells that support HSDPA and DCH; (4) cells that
support HSDPA only; (5) cells that do not support HSUPA or HSDPA. For the cells that
support HSUPA and HSDPA, the E-DCH is used in uplink and the HS -DSCH is used in
downlink. The DPCH is used as associated channel. For the cells that support HSUPA,
HSDPA and DCH, the E-DCH or DCH is used in uplink and the HS-DSCH or DCH is
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 85
used in downlink. The DPCH is used as associated channel or allocated to users who do
not use HSUPA or HSDPA.
The service types supported by HSUPA are HSPA services if they can be carried by
HSUPA or HSDPA (HSUPA and HSDPA are equivalent as far as the services are
concerned). Otherwise they are NHSPA services. The HSPA services should be
accepted first through E-DCH and HS-DSCH in cells that support HSUPA and HSDPA,
cells that support HSDPA only, cells that support HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH and cells
that support HSDPA and DCH (HspaSptMeth). If E-DCH and HS-DSCH fail to accept the
services, the HSPA services should be accepted through DCH in cells that support
HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH, cells that support HSDPA and DCH or cells that do not
support HSUPA or HSDPA. The NHSPA services can only be accepted through DCH in
cells that support HSUPA, HSDPA and DCH, cells that support HSDPA and DCH or cells
that do not support HSUPA or HSDPA.
The maximum number of cells allowed in the E-DCH active set in the process of HSUPA
soft handover is 3.
After HSUPA is introduced, the inter-RNC handover also depends on the capability of
office direction RNC to support HSUPA (RncFeatSwitch) because neighbor cells feature
varying support capabilities (HspaSptMeth). That is, only if both the target cell and target
RNC (office direction RNC) support HSUPA, the E-DCHE-DCH handover can be
performed. Otherwise, the DCHDCH handover flow cannot be originated until E-DCH
falls back to DCH. The channel transfer is performed along with handover. Different
channel transfer situations are described in the following based on diffe rent handover
types.
10.2 Intra-frequency Handover
The intra-frequency handover of HSUPA includes soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of
E-DCH associated channel, E-DCH service cell change, channel type change due to
different capabilities between source cell and target cell during the handover process.
The strategy of soft add/soft drop/soft replacement of E-DCH associated channel is
described in “strategy of intra-frequency handover”. The E-DCH service cell change and
channel type change are special handover strategies that make HSUPA different from
the R99 (DCH) handover. The specific principles are:
1 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->DCH/DCH
If the link to be deleted for 1B event triggering/radio link failure happens to be the
service cell of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, and also the cells in the active set do not support
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH, a decision of soft
handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to DCH/DCH is made.
If the 1C event is triggered, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell and also the cells in the new active set do not support acceptance through HS-
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 86
DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH
transferring to DCH/DCH is made.
If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell to a cell that does not support HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency
hard handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to DCH/DCH is made.
2 DCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also the DCH/DCH is used before
the handover. If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target
cell supports acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency
hard handover together with DCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
The current service of UE includes HSPA, the current channel type is DCH/DCH,
and also the best cell in the active set supports HSDPA. If the downlink or uplink
traffic increases to trigger the 4A event (refer to ZTE UMTS DRBC Algorithm
Feature Guide for details), a decision of handover from DCH/DCH to HS-DSCH/E-
DCH is made.
3 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
If the 1D event triggers intra-frequency hard handover and the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of intra-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made.Refer to 2.1.2 Intra-
frequency Hard Handover for the scenario where the intra -frequency hard handover
is triggered.
If the link to be deleted for 1B event triggering/radio link failure happens to be the
service cell of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, and also there are cells in the active set that
support acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover
together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made. If the 1C/1D event
triggers soft handover, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell
and also the cells in the new active set support acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-
DCH, a decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH change is made.
4 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/DCH
If the link to be deleted for 1B event triggering/radio link failure happens to be the
service cell of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, and also the cells in the active set supports HS-
DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover together with
HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/DCH is made.
If the 1C event is triggered, the cell to be replaced is the HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell and also the cells in the new active set supports HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-
DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of soft handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH
transferring to HS-DSCH/DCH is made.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 87
If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from HS-DSCH/E-DCH service
cell to a cell that supports HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision
of intra-frequency hard handover together with HS -DSCH/E-DCH transferring to
HS-DSCH/DCH is made.
5 HS-DSCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA service and also the HS-DSCH/DCH is
used before the handover. If the 1D event is triggered, the best cell changes from
HS-DSCH/DCH service cell to a cell that supports HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of
intra-frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH/DCH transferring to HS-
DSCH/E-DCH is made.
10.3 Inter-frequency Handover
The conditions for triggering the inter-frequency handover of HSPA are described in
“inter-frequency handover strategy”. The HS-DSCH service cell change or channel type
change always happens in the handover process. The principles are as follow:
1 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->DCH/DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is used
before the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell does not support
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH or HS-DSCH/DCH, a decision of inter-
frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to DCH/DCH
is made.
2 DCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also the DCH/DCH is used before the
handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with DCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
3 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is used
before the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH service cell change is made.
4 HS-DSCH/E-DCH->HS-DSCH/DCH
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 88
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is used
before the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/DCH instead of HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of
inter-frequency hard handover together with HS-DSCH/E-DCH transferring to HS-
DSCH/DCH is made.
5 HS-DSCH/DCH->HS-DSCH/E-DCH
The current service of UE includes HSPA and also theHS -DSCH/DCH is used
before the handover. If the original decision is to trigger an inter -frequency handover
(measurement-based or blind handover) and also the target cell supports
acceptance through HS-DSCH/E-DCH, a decision of inter-frequency hard handover
together with HS-DSCH/DCH transferring to HS-DSCH/E-DCH is made.
6 Handover of HS-DSCH between Iur interfaces
For the hard handover of E-DCH between Iur interfaces, the handover strategy is
the same as the handover inside the RNC if the target cell supports E-DCH. But if
the target cell does not support E-DCH, the E-DCH should fall back to DCH first,
and then the hard handover between lur interfaces and redirection flow can be
performed.
10.4 Inter-RAT Handover
1 UTRAN->GSM/GERAN
The HSPA service is included, and then the same handover flow as that for
between R99 systems is performed.
2 GSM/GERAN -> UTRAN
Similar to the handover between R99 systems, if the target cell support HS-
DSCH/E-DCH, the service is established directly on HS-DSCH/E-DCH.
11 MBMS-related special strategy
After the MBMS is introduced, the cell type (MbmsSuptInd) can be defined as follows:
Cells that do not support MBMS (Not Support).
Cells that support both MBMS and non-MBMS (Support MBMS and not MBMS).
Cells that support MBMS only (Only Support MBMS).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 89
11.1 Intra-frequency Handover
1 The soft add strategy does not consider whether the soft add cell belongs to the
service area or whether it supports the MBMS in the case of 1A/1C soft add. That is,
the strategy is similar to that for the non-MBMS case.
2 1B/1C or the link is deleted due to radio link failure:
For the MBMS service has set up p-t-p bearer but the link is deleted, i f the best cell
does not belong to MBMS service area, the best cell does not support the MBMS
service, the best cell has set up the p-t-m bearer, or the best cell is not the
convergence carrier of the service, then p-t-p RB is released.
For the MBMS service has not set up p-t-p bearer but the MBMS service
connection already exists, the best cell belongs to MBMS service area, the best cell
supports the MBMS service, the bearer type strategy needs to set up the p-t-m
bearer and the carrier can set up the bearer of the service, then p-t-p RB is set up.
3 The principle of the type change in the bearer of the MBMS service in the active set
under the macro diversity.
Table 11-1 Table of Principle
Bearer Change Type Cell Type Principles of Change
p-t-p->p-t-m Best cell Delete the p-t-p
Non best cell No change
p-t-m ->p-t-p Best cell
Set up p-t-p: If the channel of the service is DCH,
then set up p-t-p for all cells in the active set; if the channel of the service is HS-DSCH, then set up p-t-p in the best cell.
Non best cell No change
To avoid ping-pong switchover between p-t-p and p-t -m, a time threshold (T1d) is
configured and any swichover should occur at an interval longer than this threshold.
11.2 Inter-frequency Handover
When UE reports MBMS MODIFIED REQUEST and the information of MBMS preferred
frequency request is carried,
1 If the target carrier comes with a cell with the same coverage (included: the
expected frequency layer cell includes the current working frequency cell) and the
cell belongs to the service area and supports the MBMS, and also the target cell is
able to allocate the resource of currently established dedicated bearer, then the cell
with the same coverage at the frequency layer can be taken as the target cell to
perform the hard handover.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 90
2 If the target carrier does not come with a cell with the same coverage (included), the
neighbor cell of the current cell in the UE’s active set includes the neighbor cell
(neighboring or being included) that is at the MBMS preferred frequency layer
corresponding to the MBMS service expected to be received and the neighbor cell
belongs to the service area and supports MBMS, then inter-frequency measurement
2A/2B/2C is started for UE. When the 2A/2B/2C event reported by UE is received,
the cells that do not support MBMS are screened out and a proper cell is taken for
the hard handover.
No treatment is performed if UE does not carry the information of MBMS preferred
frequency request in the MBMS MODIFIED REQUEST.
12 Parameters and Configurations
12.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters
12.1.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
MeasPrio Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
DetSetHoSwch Detected Set Handover Switch
RptRange [MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B
W[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT] Weight for Event 1A/1B
Hysteresis[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
FilterCoeff(Intra) Filter Coefficient
TrigTime[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
PrdRptAmount Amount of reporting
PrdRptInterval Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
CellIndivOffset(ut ranCell) Cell individual offset
CellIndivOffset(ut ranRelation) Cell individual offset
RptDeactThr Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A
RplcActThr Replacement Activation Threshold for Event 1C and 1J
TrfCatIntraMIdx (CIntra) Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
TrfCatIntraMIdx (utranCell)
IntraMeasCfgNo Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
MeaEvt Id[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Intra-frequency Measurement Event ID
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 91
TrfCategory Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
EvtMeasEcNo UE Event Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
EvtMeasDctEcNo Detected Set Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
IntraMeasCfgNote Function of Configuration Parameters
MeasRptTrMod Measurement Report Transfer Mode
MeasQuantity Measurement quantity
EcN0RptInd CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
RscpRptInd CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
PathlossRptInd Pathloss reporting indicator
RptCrt Report Criteria
MeasEvtNum Event Number of Intra-frequency Measurement
ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INTRA_MEAS_EVENT]
Threshold of the Quality of the Used Frequency for Event 1E/1F
StateMode UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
ReadSFNInd Read SFN Indicator
SoftHoMth Soft Handover Method
IntraMeasQuan UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Intra-frequency Measurements
EvtMeasDctRSCP Detected Set Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
PrdMeasEcNo UE Periodic Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
PrdMeasRSCP UE Periodic Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
EvtMeasRSCP UE Event Report Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
EvtRpt Interval Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
EvtRptAmount Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
FbdCellInd Forbidden Cell Indicator for Event 1A/1B
PcpichPwrPre Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
RlRefTimeAjtSwit Switch for RL Reference Time Adjust During Diversity Mode
TimeDelay Transport Time Delay(NodeB)
ATimeDelay Transport Time Delay(externalUtranCell)
RncFeatSwitch Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
NrtMaxUlRateDch Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
NrtMaxDlRateDch Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 92
RtMaxUlRateDch Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
RtMaxDlRateDch Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
RtMaxRateEdch Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
NrtMaxRateEdch Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
NrtMaxUlRateDchD Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
NrtMaxDlRateDchD Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
RtMaxUlRateDchD Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
RtMaxDlRateDchD Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
NrtMaxRateEdchD Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
RtMaxRateEdchD Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
Cs64Switch Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment
AdjCs64Switch Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment for External UTRAN Cell
Pcpichpwr Primary CPICH Power
NbrCellMonSupInd Neighboruing Cell Monitoring Support Indicator
12.1.2 Parameter Configuration
12.1.2.1 Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX-
> Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement priority of the neighbouring cell. The priority
of the neighbouring cell can be set to 0, 1, or 2, of which, 0 represents the highest
priority and 2 represents the lowest priority. The priority of the neighbouring is set by the
configuration personnel according to the signal strength and distance of the neighboring
cell.
The neighbouring cells with the priority ranked the 33rd
or after are placed in the
neighboring cell reservation list. When the number of cells in the neighbouring cell list is
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 93
less than 32, the cell(s) with higher priority in the neighbouring cell reservation list are
placed to the neighbouring cell list.
12.1.2.2 Detected Set Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Detected Set Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
The measurement control message that contains the detected set information is sent
only when the DetSetHO switch of the best cell in the current active set is set to 1 and
the current number of intra-frequency neighbouring cells is less than 32.
12.1.2.3 Reporting Range Constant for Event 1A/1B
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration->Reporting Range Constant Event 1A/1B(dB)
Parameter Configuration
Event 1A is easier to be triggered when the reporting range constant for event 1A is set
to a larger value; and vice verse.
Event 1B is easier to be triggered when the reporting range constant for event 1B is set
to a smaller value; and vice verse.
12.1.2.4 Weight for Event 1A/1B
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Weight for Event 1A/1B
Parameter Configuration
This parameter is used for the quality judgment of event 1A and 1B. This parameter
indicates the weight of the best cell in the quality judgment and is related to the
measurement quantity and the event type.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 94
See the description of the formula for triggering event 1A/1B in section 4.3 for the effects
of this parameter on the quality judgment.
12.1.2.5 Hysteresis(Intra)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Hysteresis
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the hysteresis when judging whether to trigger the event. This
parameter avoids the change of the trigger status due to very small change. This
parameter is related to the measurement quantity and the event type.
If a small hysteresis is configured, the corresponding event will be reported in a higher
probability; and vice versa.
12.1.2.6 Filter Coefficient(Intra)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Filter Coefficient
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the filtering factor that UE performs the L3 filtering on the
measurement results of the intra-frequency measurement. The smaller the value of the
filtering factor is, the larger effect the current measurement result will have on the
measurement result reported to RNC (periodical report) or the judgment (event report).
12.1.2.7 Time to Trigger(Intra)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Time to Trigger
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 95
This parameter indicates the time difference between the time that the event generation
is detected and the time that the event is reported. The event is triggered and the
measurement report is reported only when the event generation is detected and still
meets the requirements of event triggering after Time to trigger.
The larger the value is, the stricter the judgment is for the event to be triggered. The
parameter should be configured according to the actual requirements.
12.1.2.8 Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the times of the periodical reports to be reported. In the case of
the UE side, the value is used for the determination of whether to report the
measurement report in reporting the periodical report. If the UE detects that the times of
event reporting exceeds the value of Amount of reporting, UE stops reporting the
measurement results.
12.1.2.9 Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria(ms)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the interval of periodical reporting specified in the periodical
reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical reporting, the UE reports the
measurement reports in the period indicated by the parameter.
12.1.2.10 Cell individual offset(utranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Cell Individual Offset(dB)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 96
Parameter Configuration
This parameter defines the individual offset of cells in the active set relative to other cells.
When the value is positive, a positive value is added to the measurement result. If the
value is negative, a negative value is added to the measurement result. Refer to the
description of the formula for triggering event 1B/1C/1d in section 4.3 for the effect of
this parameter on the measurement report.
Through the configuration of the individual offset of a single cell, the trigger difficulty of
the cell can be adjusted to meet the practical requirements of network planning without
the need to modify the global handover parameters.
12.1.2.11 Cell individual offset(utranRelation)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX-
>Modify Advanced Parameter->Cell Individual Offset(dB)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter defines the individual offset of cells outside the active set relative to
other cells. When the value is positive, a positive value is added to the measurement
result. If the value is negative, a negative value is added to the measurement result.
Refer to the description of the formula for triggering event 1A/1C/1d in section 4.3 for the
effect of this parameter on the measurement report.
Through the configuration of the individual offset of a single cell, the trigger difficulty of
the cell can be adjusted to meet the practical requirements of network planning without
the need to modify the global handover parameters.
12.1.2.12 Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Reporting Deactivation Threshold for Event 1A
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum number of the cells allowed in the active set.
When the UE detects that one cell in the monitoring set satisfies the trigger threshold of
event 1A, it determines whether the number of the cells in the current active set greater
than the value indicated by this parameter at first. If yes, the event 1A is not triggered.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 97
12.1.2.13 Replacement Activation Threshold for Event 1C and 1J
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Replacement Activation Threshold for Event 1C and 1J
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the minimum number of the cell allowed in the DCH active set
when triggering event 1C or in the E -DCH active set when triggering event 1j. When UE
detects that the measurement result of a cell satisfies the trigger threshold of event 1c/1j,
it first judges whether the number of cells in the current active set is smaller than the
value indicated by this parameter. If yes, event 1C/1j is not triggered.
12.1.2.14 Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(CIntra)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Intra-frequency Measurement
Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration
based on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique intra -frequency
measurement configuration index. If multiple sets of handover parameters are
configured, each cell may use different index. Hence, the intra-frequency handover
parameters of the cells may be different from each other.
12.1.2.15 Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Catego ry
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration
based on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique intra -frequency
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 98
measurement configuration index. If multiple sets of handover parameters are
configured, each cell may use different index. Hence, the intra-frequency handover
parameters of the cells may be different from each other.
12.1.2.16 Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Int ra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
Parameter Configuration
Each intra-frequency measurement configuration with different measurement purpose
and measurement quantity is assigned with a unique intra -frequency measurement
configuration index. This parameter indicates the index of the intra -frequency
measurement configuration. This configuration index is cited in the table Intra -frequency
measurement configuration relationship of the service type-related UE.
That is, the parameter Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to
Traffic Category (namely TrfCatIntraMIdx) is cited in the advanced parameter of the
serving cell and different Intra-frequency Measurement Configuration Indexes (namely
IntraMeasCfgNo) can be selected aiming at the specific service type, measurement
purpose, and measurement quantity. Hence, this parameter can be used to meet the
various requirements of network planning.
12.1.2.17 Intra-frequency Measurement Event ID
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Int ra-frequency event identity
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the intra -frequency
measurement (1A~1D).
12.1.2.18 Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 99
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Service and Bearer Type Used
for Differentiating Handover Configuration
Parameter Configuration
All the services are classified into eight categories according to the real-time attribute of
services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service and
bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different scenarios
and the parameters may have different handover trigger thresholds and hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusive used in the measurement of
the detected set.
12.1.2.19 UE Event Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->UE Event Report Configuration
Index for CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration for
event reporting judgment by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
Table 12-1 Default Value of the UE Int ra-frequency Measurement Configuration Parameters Related to Traffic Category
Fie
ld N
am
e
Defa
ult
Valu
e 1
Defa
ult
Valu
e 2
Defa
ult
Valu
e 3
Defa
ult
Valu
e 4
Defa
ult
Valu
e 5
Defa
ult
Valu
e 6
Defa
ult
Valu
e 7
Defa
ult
Valu
e 8
Defa
ult
Valu
e 9
TrfCatIntraMIdx 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
TrfCategory 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0xff
PrdMeasEcNo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EvtMeasEcNo 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
PrdMeasRSCP 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EvtMeasRSCP 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
EVTMEASDCTECNO 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
EVTMEASDCTRSCP 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 100
12.1.2.20 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Period Report Configuration
Index for CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration for
periodic reporting by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
12.1.2.21 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Period Report Configuration
Index for CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration for
periodic reporting by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
12.1.2.22 UE Event Report Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information-> UE Event Report Configuration
Index for CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the intra-frequency measurement configuration for
event reporting judgment by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
12.1.2.23 Detected Set Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information ->Detected Set Measurement
Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 101
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the configuration index of the set of intra -frequency
measurement parameters when measurement quantity of the detected set cell is CPICH
Ec/No.
12.1.2.24 Detected Set Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Detected Set Measurement
Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the configuration index of the set of intra -frequency
measurement parameters when measurement quantity of the detected set cell is CPICH
RSCP.
12.1.2.25 Function of Configuration Parameters
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Function of Configuration Parameters
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of intra -frequency
measurement configuration parameters.
12.1.2.26 Measurement Report Transfer Mode
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Measurement Report Transfer Mode
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the transfer mode of the measurement quantity: acknowledge
mode or unacknowledged mode.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 102
12.1.2.27 Measurement quantity
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Measurement quantity
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement quantity of the intra-frequency measurement
that UE performs. If a new intra-frequency measurement configuration index is added,
the measurement quantity is fixed when the functions of the set of the intra-frequency
measurement parameters is selected. For example, when the parameter
IntraMeasCfgNote is set to UE Event Report Parameters for CPICH Ec/No, the value
of MeasQuantity is set to the corresponding CPICH Ec/No.
12.1.2.28 CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement result based
on the measurement quantity CPICH Ec/No.
This parameter is associated with the parameter MeasQuantity. When MeasQuantity is
set to 0, the parameter EcN0RptInd must be set to TRUE.
12.1.2.29 CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement result based
on the measurement quantity CPICH RSCP.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 103
This parameter is associated with the parameter MeasQuantity. When MeasQuantity is
set to 1, the parameter RscpRptInd must be set to TRUE.
12.1.2.30 Pathloss Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Pathloss reporting indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement result based
on the measurement quantity pathloss.
12.1.2.31 Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the reporting criteria of the intra -frequency measurement,
including the event reporting criteria and the periodical reporting criteria.
12.1.2.32 Event Number of Intra-frequency Measurement
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Event Number of Intra-frequency Measurement
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the set of
the intra-frequency measurement parameters for a certain purpose. The value is related
to the purpose of the measurement and the judgment method and the algorithm of the
soft handover.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 104
12.1.2.33 Threshold of the Quality of the Used Frequency for Event 1E/1F
OMC Path
Interface Path:View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration->Threshold of the Quality of the Used Frequency for Event 1E/1F
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold used for judging event 1e/1f by using
carrier frequency.
12.1.2.34 UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX-
>UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the UE status used for the neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by the status, the neighbouring cell list used for
reselection in nondedicated mode and the neighbouring cell list used for handover in
dedicated mode are differentiated as follows:
When SIB11 is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that supports the idle state or the
connected (Non-Cell_DCH) state from the neighboring cells list and fills in SIB11;
When SIB12 is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that supports the connected (Non-
Cell_DCH) state from the neighboring cells list and fills in SIB12;
When the measurement control message is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that
supports the Cell_DCH state from the neighboring cells list.
12.1.2.35 Read SFN Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell ->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX
-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Read SFN Indicator
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 105
This parameter indicates whether to read the SFN of the neighbouring cell.In the case of
the intra-frequency neighbouring cell, the recommended configuration is True (Read); in
the case of the inter-frequency neighbouring cell, the recommended configuration is
False (Do not read).
12.1.2.36 Soft Handover Method
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Soft Handover Method
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates the soft handover method (periodical method or event method)
that should be used in the current cell. The event method is recommended.
12.1.2.37 UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Intra-frequency Measurements
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Int ra-frequency Measurements
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for the intra-
frequency measurement of the cell. The measurement quantity Ec/No is recommended.
12.1.2.38 Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Reporting Interval for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the reporting interval for event 1A/1B/1C/1J. Once Event
1A/1C meets the reporting range of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1A/1C
periodically (EvtRptInterval) until this event does not meet reporting conditions or the
reporting times reach the maximum allowed times (EvtRptAmount).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 106
12.1.2.39 Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Intra-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Amount of Reporting for Event 1A/1B/1C/1J
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the reporting amount for event 1A/1B/1C/1J. Once Event
1A/1C meets the reporting range of quality standards, the UE will report Event 1A/1C
periodically (EvtRptInterval) until this event does not meet reporting conditions or the
reporting times reach the maximum allowed times (EvtRptAmount).
12.1.2.40 Forbidden Cell Indicator for Event 1A/1B
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell-> Neighbouring Cell XXX
->Modify Advanced Parameter->Forbidden Cell Indicator for Event 1A/1B
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the cell is effect while evaluating the intra-frequency
1A/1B event
12.1.2.41 Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> View->Configuration Management ->RNC ME->RNC Radio
Resource Management->External Utran Cell-> External Utran CellXXX->Global Else-
>Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether PCPICH transmission power is configured.
PCPICH transmission power is valid when this parameter is set “True”. Otherwise,
PCPICH transmission power is invalid.
12.1.2.42 Switch for RL Reference Time Adjust During Diversity Mode
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management ->
Switch for RL Reference Time Adjust During Diversity Mode
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 107
Parameter Configuration
When the switch is closed, RNC will not send measurement control of 6F/6G to UE;
when it is open, RNC may send measurement control of 6F/6G.
12.1.2.43 Transport Time Delay(NodeB)
OMCR Interface
Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> NodeB Configureation Informationxxx-> Modify Advanced Parameter->
Transport Time Delay
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the Iub transport time delay, it could be 20ms/100ms/250ms.
12.1.2.44 Transport Time Delay(externalUtranCell)
OMCR Interface
Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External UTRAN Cell -> External UTRAN Cell XXX->-> Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Transport Time Delay
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the iub transport time delay of external utran cell, it could be
20ms/100ms/250ms.
12.1.2.45 Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
OMCR Interface
Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource
Management->Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->RNC:xx -
>Adjacent RNC Office-> Rnc Config
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the feature of neighbouring RNC.
Bit4=0 means DSCR is not used for inter-RNC handover of HSPA service;
Bit4=1 means DSCR may be used for inter-RNC handover of HSPA service.
12.1.2.46 Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 108
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.47 Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.48 Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.49 Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.50 Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 109
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on E-DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.51 Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in Serving Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on E-DCH allowed in serving cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.52 Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External UTRAN Cell-> External UTRAN Cell XXX->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in DRNC cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.53 Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External UTRAN Cell-> External UTRAN Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in DRNC cell for an
NRT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.54 Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 110
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External UTRAN Cell -> External UTRAN Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on UL DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL DCH allowed in DRNC cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.55 Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External UTRAN Cell-> External UTRAN Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on DL DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on DL DCH allowed in DRNC cell for an
RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.56 Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External UTRAN Cell-> External UTRAN Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for NRT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL E-DCH allowed in DRNC cell for
an NRT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.57 Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in DRNC Cell
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External UTRAN Cell -> External UTRAN Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> Maximum Bit Rate on E-DCH for RT PS RAB in External UTRAN Cell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum bit rate on UL E-DCH allowed in DRNC cell for
an RT PS domain RAB.
12.1.2.58 Switch of CS 64kbps Establishment
OMCR Interface
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 111
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether establishing traffic CS 64kbps in serving cell is
allowed or not.
12.1.2.59 Swithc of CS 64kbps Establishment for External UTRAN Cell
OMCR Interface
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether establishing traffic CS 64kbps in external UTRAN cell
is allowed or not.
12.1.2.60 Primary CPICH Power Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> View->Configuration Management ->RNC ME->RNC Radio
Resource Management->External Utran Cell-> External Utran CellXXX->Global Else->
Primary CPICH Power
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the value of PCPICH transmission power.
12.1.2.61 Neighbouring Cell Monitoring Support Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information -> Neighbouring Cell
Monitoring Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports neighbouring cell monitoring.
0 means not supported, 1 means supported,
12.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
12.2.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
MeasPrio Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
ULMaxSIR Maximum Uplink SIR Target
UlBlerHoSwch UL BLER Switch for handover
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 112
UlPwrHoSwch UE Tx Power Switch for handover
DlPwrHoSwch DL Tx Power Switch for handover
UseOfHCS Use of HCS
HcsPrio(utranCell) HCS_PRIO
HcsPrio(externalUtranCell) HCS_PRIO
Tfast Tfast
Nfast Nfast
Tslowjudge Tslowjudge
Tslow Tslow
Nslow Nslow
InterHoTactic Inter- frequency Handover Tactic
FilterCoeff(Inter) Filter Coefficient
ThreshUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Currently Used Frequency for 2B/2D/2F
Wused[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Weight of the Currently Used Frequency for 2A/2B/2D/2F
Hysteresis[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
TrigTime[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
ThreshNoUsedFreq[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Non-used Frequency for 2A/2B/2C/2E
WNoUsed[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Weight of the Non-used Frequency for 2A/2B/2C/2E
PrdRptInterval Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
ShareCover Share Cover Indication
MaxDlDpchPwr DPCH Maximum DL Power
TrfCatInterMIdx (CInter) Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
TrfCatInterMIdx (utranCell)
InterMeasCfgNo Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
MeaEvt Id[MAX_INTER_MEAS_EVENT]
Inter-frequency Event Identity
TrfCategory Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
EvtMeasEcNo UE Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
EvtMeasRSCP UE Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
InterMeasCfgNote Function of Configuration Parameters
MeasRptTrMod Measurement Report Transfer Mode
UTRACarrierRSSI UTRA Carrier RSSI
FreqQualEst Carrier Frequency Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 113
CellSynRptInd Cell Synchronization Information Reporting Indicator
CIdRptInd Cell ID Reporting Indicator
EcN0RptInd CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
RscpRptInd CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
PathlossRptInd Pathloss reporting indicator
RptCrt Report Criteria
MeasQuantity Measurement quantity
MeasEvtNum Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement
StateMode UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
ReadSFNInd Read SFN Indicator
InterHoMth Inter-frequency Handover Method
NonIntraMeasQuan UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT measurements
PrdMeasEcNo UE Periodic Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
PrdMeasRSCP UE Periodic Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
PrdRptAmount Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
UseOfHCS(UtranRelation) Use of HCS
PcpichPwrPre Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
PcpichPwr Primary CPICH Power
AmrIfHoSwch AMR Inter Frequency Handover Switch
R99RtIfHoSwch R99 RT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
R99NrtIfHoSwch R99 NRT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
HsdpaIfHoSwch HSDPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
HsupaIfHoSwch HSUPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
CompMdCfgStra Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy
IfOrRatHoSwch Inter Frequency or Inter RAT Handover Switch
12.2.2 Parameter Configuration
12.2.2.1 Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX-
> Measurement Priority of Neighboring Cell
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 114
The priority of a neighbouring cell can be set to 0, 1, and 2, of which, 0 represents the
highest priority and 2 represents the lowest priority. The priority of the neighbouring is
set by the configuration personnel according to the signal strength and the distance of
the neighboring cell.
12.2.2.2 Maximum Uplink SIR Target
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Power Control Related to Service and
Diversity Mode->Maximum Uplink SIR Target(dB)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) of the
uplink.
When the uplink SIR is already in the maximum threshold, if certain error packets are
still detected, the power control will become invalid because the SIR cannot be further
adjusted upwards. If the UL BLER switch for handover has been opened, the RNC will
initiate the compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
12.2.2.3 UL BLER Switch for Handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UL BLER Swich for Handover
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink block error rate (BLER).
When the switch is on, if the uplink BLER arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate
compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
12.2.2.4 UL Tx Power Switch for Handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UE Tx Power Switch for Handover
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 115
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink transmit power. When the
switch is on, if the uplink transmit power arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate the
compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
12.2.2.5 DL Tx Power Switch for Handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
DL Tx Power Switch for Handover
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on downlink transmit power. When
the switch is on, if the downlink transmit power arrives at the threshold, RNC will initiate
the compressed mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
12.2.2.6 Use of HCS(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Use of HCS
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the HCS function is used.
12.2.2.7 Use of HCS(UtranRelation)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell->Neighbouring Cell
XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Use of HCS
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the HCS function is used.
12.2.2.8 HCS_PRIO(utranCell)
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 116
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>HCS_PRIO
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the utran cell. 7 represents the highest
priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often provides a
smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority offers a larger coverage.
12.2.2.9 HCS_PRIO(externalUtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External Utran Cell->External Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced
Parameter->Utran Cell->HCS_PRIO
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the neighbouring cell. 7 represents the
highest priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often
provides a smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority often offers a larger
coverage.
12.2.2.10 Tfast
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Tfast(s)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE is in the high-speed moving state in
combination with the parameter Nfast. If the best cell changes Nfast times within the
period specified by Tfast, the UE is judged to move in a high speed.
12.2.2.11 Nfast
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Nfast
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 117
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE is in the high-speed moving state in
combination with the parameter Nfast. If the best cell changes Nfast times within the
period specified by Tfast, the UE is judged to move in a high speed.
12.2.2.12 Tslowjudge
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Tslowjudge(s)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the period of the timer to judge that the UE is moving at a low
speed. If the number of times that the UE changes its cell within the time specified by
Tslowjudge is less than NSlow and the difference between time when the best cell is
changed for the last time and the current time is more than Tslow, the UE is judged to
move in a low speed.
12.2.2.13 Tslow
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Tslow(s)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the minimum time interval between the Tslowjudge expiration
and the last best cell change. See the description of the Tslowjudge parameter for its
functions.
12.2.2.14 Nslow
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Nslow
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 118
This parameter indicates the maximum number of best cell changes within the time
specified by Tslowjudge. See the description of the Tslowjudge parameter for its
functions.
12.2.2.15 Inter- frequency Handover Tactic
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Inter- frequency Handover Tactic
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the event that is used to trigger the inter -frequency handover.
The default value of the parameter is 2A, that is, the handover can be triggered when
the conditions for best carrier frequency change are satisfied.
12.2.2.16 Filter Coefficient(Inter)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration-> Filter Coefficient
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the filtering factor that UE performs the L3 filtering on the
measurement results of the inter-frequency measurement. The smaller the value of the
filtering factor is, the larger effect the current measurement result will have on the
measurement result reported to RNC (periodical report) or the judgment (event report).
12.2.2.17 Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Currently Used Frequency for
2B/2D/2F
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration-> Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Currently Used Frequency for 2B/2D/2F
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold that should be configured for event
2b/2d/2f (used when judging the quality of the currently used carrier frequency).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 119
In the case of event 2B, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2B
been triggered.
In the case of event 2D, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the eve nt 2D
been triggered.
In the case of event 2F, the less the threshold configured, the easier the event 2B been
triggered.
12.2.2.18 Weight of the Currently Used Frequency for 2A/2B/2D/2F
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration-> Weight of the Currently Used Frequency for 2A/2B/2D/2F
Parameter Configuration
This parameter is used for quality judgment of the currently used carrier frequency. It
indicates the weight of the best RNC in the quality judgment (only for event 2a/2b/2d/2f)
and is related to the measurement quantity and the event type.
12.2.2.19 Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration-> Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the times of the periodical reports to be repo rted. In the case of
the UE side, the value is used for the determination of whether to report the
measurement report in reporting the periodical report. If the UE detects that the times of
event reporting exceeds the value of Amount of reporting, UE stops reporting the
measurement results.
12.2.2.20 Hysteresis(Inter)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration-> Hysteresis
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 120
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the hysteresis used when judging whether to trigger the event.
This parameter avoids the trigger status change due to very small change. Different
events are configured separately and the events can be configured with different values.
If a small hysteresis is configured, the corresponding event will be reported in a higher
probability; and vice versa.
12.2.2.21 Time to Trigger(Inter)
OMC Path
Path:View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement Configuration-> Time to
Trigger
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the time difference between the time that the event generation
is detected and the time that the event is reported. The event is triggered a nd the
measurement report is reported only when the event generation is detected and still
meets the requirements of event triggering after Time to trigger.
The larger the value is, the stricter the judgment is for the event to be triggered. The
parameter should be set according to the actual requirements.
12.2.2.22 Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Non-used Frequency for 2B/2C/2E
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration->Absolute Threshold of the Quality of the Non-used Frequency for
2B/2C/2E
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold that should be configured for event
2b/2c/2e (used when judging the quality of the non-used frequency).
In the case of event 2b, the less the threshold configured, the more difficult the event 2B
been triggered.
In the case of event 2c, the larger the threshold configured, the more difficult the event
2c been triggered.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 121
In the case of event 2E, the larger the threshold configured, the easier the event 2E
been triggered.
12.2.2.23 Weight of the Non-used Frequency for 2A/2B/2C/2E
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration->Weight of the Non-used Frequency for 2A/2B/2C/2E
Parameter Configuration
This parameter is used for quality judgment of the currently non -used frequency. It
indicates the weight of the best RNC in the quality judgment (only for event 2a/2b/2c/2e)
and is related to the measurement quantity and the event type.
12.2.2.24 Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequence Mesurement
Configuration->Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria(ms)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the interval of periodical reporting specified in the periodical
reporting criteria. In the case of the periodical report, the UE reports the inter-frequency
measurement results in the period indicated by the parameter.
12.2.2.25 Share Cover Indication
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighbouring Cell XXX
-> Share Cover Indication
Parameter Configuration
This parameter describes the neighboring relationship of the current cell and the
neighboring cell. The relationship between the neighbouring cell and the current cell may
be Neighbor, Overlap, Covers, or Contained in.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 122
12.2.2.26 DPCH Maximum DL Power
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Power Control Related to Service and
Diversity Mode->DPCH Maximum DL Power
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the maximum downlink transmit power of DPCH.
When the downlink inner loop power control is performed, the new transmit power must
be smaller than or equal to the configured DPCH Maximum DL Power.
If the DL Tx Power Switch for Handover (DlPwrHoSwch) is open, the RNC judges the
downlink code power (DTCP) in the dedicated measurement report of the NodeB. That
is, when the DTCP arrives at a certain threshold, the inter-frequency handover is
triggered.
12.2.2.27 Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(CInter)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information -> Inter-frequency Measurement
Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration
based on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique inter -frequency
configuration. If multiple sets of handover parameters are configured, each cell should
use a different index. Hence, the inter-frequency handover parameters of the cells may
be different.
12.2.2.28 Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell->
Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 123
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration
based on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique inter-frequency
configuration. If multiple sets of handover parameters are configured, each cell should
use a different index. Hence, the inter-frequency handover parameters of the cells may
be different.
12.2.2.29 Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index
Parameter Configuration
Each inter-frequency measurement configuration with different measurement purpose
and measurement quantity is assigned with a unique inter -frequency measurement
configuration index. This parameter indicates the index of the inter -frequency
measurement configuration. This configuration index is cited in the table Inter-frequency
measurement configuration relationship of the service type-related UE.
That is, the parameter Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Index Related to
Traffic Category (namely TrfCatIntraMIdx) is cited in the advanced parameters of the
serving cell and different Inter-frequency Measurement Configuration Indexes
(namely IntraMeasCfgNo) can be selected aiming at the specific service type,
measurement objective, and measurement quantity. This parameter can be used to
meet various requirements of network planning.
12.2.2.30 Inter-frequency Event Identity
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Inter-frequency event identity
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the identify of the event triggered by the inter -frequency
measurement (2a~2f).
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 124
12.2.2.31 Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->Service and Bearer Type Used
for Differentiating Handover Configuration
Parameter Configuration
All the services are classified into eight categories according to the real-time attribute of
services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service and
bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different scenarios
and the parameters may have different handover trigger thresholds and hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusively used in the measurement of
the detected set.
Table 12-2 Service Type Related UE Inter-frequency Measurement Parameter ConfigurationDefault Value
Fie
ld N
am
e
Defa
ult
Valu
e 1
Defa
ult
Valu
e 2
Defa
ult
Valu
e 3
Defa
ult
Valu
e 4
Defa
ult
Valu
e 5
Defa
ult
Valu
e 6
Defa
ult
Valu
e 7
Defa
ult
Valu
e 8
Defa
ult
Valu
e 9
TrfCatInterMIdx 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
TrfCategory 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0xff
PrdMeasEcNo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EvtMeasEcNo 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
PrdMeasRSCP 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
EvtMeasRSCP 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
12.2.2.32 UE Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH
Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information ->UE Inter-frequency Event
Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 125
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration for
event reporting judgment by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
12.2.2.33 UE Inter-frequency Event Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH
RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category Configuration Information->UE Inter-frequency Event
Measurement Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration in
event reporting judgment by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
12.2.2.34 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category -> UE Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration for
periodic reporting by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
12.2.2.35 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-frequency Measurement
Relative to Traffic Category->UE Period Measurement Report Configuration Index for
CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-frequency measurement configuration for
periodic reporting by the UE when the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
12.2.2.36 Function of Configuration Parameters
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 126
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Function of Configuration Parameters
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of inter -frequency
measurement configuration parameters.
12.2.2.37 Measurement Report Transfer Mode
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Measurement Report Transfer Mode
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the transfer mode of the measurement quantity: acknowledge
mode or unacknowledged mode.
12.2.2.38 UTRA Carrier RSSI
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> UTRA Carrier RSSI
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the UTRA Carrier RSSI.
12.2.2.39 Carrier Frequency Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Carrier Frequency Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the carrier frequency quality estimation value.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 127
12.2.2.40 Cell Synchronization Information Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration->Cell Synchronization Information Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the cell synchronization information in the
inter-frequency measurement.
12.2.2.41 Cell ID Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration->Cell ID Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the cell identity in the inter-frequency
measurement.
12.2.2.42 CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> CPICH Ec/No Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement results whose
measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No.
This parameter is associated with the parameter MeasQuantity. When MeasQuantity is
set to 0, the parameter EcN0RptInd must be set to TRUE.
12.2.2.43 CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 128
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> CPICH RSCP Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement results whose
measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
This parameter is associated with the parameter MeasQuantity. When MeasQuantity is
set to 1, the parameter RscpRptInd must be set to TRUE.
12.2.2.44 Pathloss reporting indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Pathloss reporting indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the UE should report the measurement results whose
measurement quantity is pathloss.
12.2.2.45 Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the criteria of reporting the inter-frequency measurement,
including the Event Reporting and periodical reporting.
12.2.2.46 Measurement quantity
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Measurement quantity
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 129
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement quantity of the inter-frequency measurement
that UE performs. After a new inter-frequency measurement configuration index is
added, the measurement quantity is fixed if the function of the set of the inter-frequency
measurement parameters is selected. For example, when the parameter
InterMeasCfgNote is set to UE Inter-frequency Event Report Parameters for CPICH
RSCP, the value of MeasQuantity is automatically set to the corresponding CPICH
RSCP.
12.2.2.47 Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration-> Event Number of Inter-frequency Measurement
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the index of
the inter-frequency measurement configuration for a certain purpose.
12.2.2.48 UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell ->Neighouring Cell XXX -
>UE State Indicator Used for UTRAN Neighboring Cell Configuration
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the UE status applied to the neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by status, the neighbouring cells list used for reselection
in nondedicated mode and the neighbouring cells list for handover in dedicated mode
are differentiated as follows:
When SIB11 is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that supports the idle state or the
connected (Non-Cell_DCH) state from the neighboring cells list and fills in SIB11.
When SIB12 is to be sent, the cells that support the connected (Non-Cell_DCH) state
are selected from the neighboring cells list and are filled in SIB12;
When the measurement control message is to be sent, the cells that support the
Cell_DCH state are selected from the neighboring cells list.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 130
12.2.2.49 Read SFN Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Neighbouring Cell->Neighbouring Cell
XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Read SFN Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to read the SFN of the neighbouring cell.
Generally, the parameter is set to True for intra-frequency neighbouring cells and False
for inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
12.2.2.50 Inter-frequency Handover Method
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Inter-frequency Handover Method
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates the inter-frequency handover method (periodical method or
event method) that should be used in the current cell. The event method is
recommended.
12.2.2.51 UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT
Measurements
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurements
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the UTRAN measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for the
inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements. The measurement quantity RSCP is
recommended.
12.2.2.52 Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 131
Interface Path: View-> View->Configuration Management->RNC ME->RNC Radio
Resource Management->External Utran Cell-> External Utran CellXXX->Global Else->
Primary CPICH Power Configuration Tag
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether PCPICH transmission power is configured.
PCPICH transmission power is valid when this parameter is set “True”. Otherwise,
PCPICH transmission power is invalid.
12.2.2.53 Primary CPICH Power Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> View->Configuration Management ->RNC ME->RNC Radio
Resource Management->External Utran Cell-> External Utran CellXXX->Global Else->
Primary CPICH Power
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the value of PCPICH transmission power.
12.2.2.54 AMR Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->AMR Inter Frequency Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether AMR inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
12.2.2.55 R99 RT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->R99 RT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether R99 RT inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
12.2.2.56 R99 NRT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 132
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->R99 NRT Inter Frequency Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether R99 NRT inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
12.2.2.57 HSDPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->HSDPA Inter Frequency
Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether HSDPA inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
12.2.2.58 HSUPA Inter Frequency Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->HSUPA Inter Frequency
Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether HSUPA inter-frequency handover allowed or not.
12.2.2.59 Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Compressed Mode Configuration Strategy
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether inter-frequency and inter-rat compressed mode will be
configured to UE simultaneously or not, when inter-frequency cells and inter-rat
neighboring cells exist.
0: Configure Inter-Frequency and Inter-Rat Compressed Mode Simultaneously
1: Configure Inter-Frequency and Inter-Rat Compressed Mode Individually
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 133
12.2.2.60 Inter Frequency or Inter RAT Handover Switch
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell ->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Inter Frequency or Inter RAT Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates how to perform neighbor measurement if a cell has both inter -
frequency and inter-RAT cells as its neighbors.
0: Turn off Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover
1: Only Inter Frequency
2: Only Inter Rat
3: Inter Frequency is Prior to Inter Rat
12.3 SRNC Relocation Parameters
12.3.1 Parameter List
Parameter Field Name Name on the Interface
Trelocprep SRNC Wait Time for Relocation Preparation (100ms)
Trelocoverall SRNC Overall Protective Time for Relocation (100ms)
CsReDelayTimer Timer of Relocation Delay for CS Service
PsReDelayTimer Timer of Relocation Delay for PS Service
Tdatafwd Maximum Time for Forwarding GTP -PDU Data in SRNC
12.3.2 Parameter Configuration
12.3.2.1 SRNC Wait Time for Relocation Preparation
OMC Path
Interface Path: view->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->Iu Interface Timers and Constants->SRNC
Wait Time for Relocation Preparation(100ms)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter specifies the maximum time for Relocation Preparation procedure in the
source RNC after the SRNC successfully sends the RELOCATION REQUIRED
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 134
message to the CN. If the SRNC fails to receive the RELOCATION COMMAND
message within the time specified by the parameter, the timer is judged as expiry and
the relocation is canceled.
12.3.2.2 SRNC Overall Protective Time for Relocation
OMC Path
Interface Path: view->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->Iu Interface Timers and Constants->SRNC
Overall Protective Time for Relocation(100ms)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter specifies the maximum time for the initiation of the Iu release by the CN
after the SRNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message. If the CN fails to
initate the Iu release within the time specified by the parameter, the timer is judged as
expiry and the SRNC initiates the Iu release instead.
12.3.2.3 Timer of Relocation Delay for CS Service
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource
Management->Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->RNC:xx -
>Adjacent RNC Office-> RNC Config ->Timer of Relocation Delay for CS Service
Parameter Configuration
This parameter is applicable to CS services. It indicates the delay of initiating the
relocation procedure after the link at the S side is deleted.
12.3.2.4 Timer of Relocation Delay for PS Service
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource
Management->Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->RNC:xx -
>Adjacent RNC Office-> RNC Config -> Timer of Relocation Delay for PS Service
Parameter Configuration
This parameter is applicable to PS services. It indicates the delay of initiating the
relocation procedure after the link at the S side is deleted.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 135
12.3.2.5 Maximum Time for Forwarding GTP-PDU Data in SRNC
OMC Path
Interface Path: view->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->Iu Interface Timers and Constants-
>Maximum Time for Forwarding GTP-PDU Data in SRNC(100ms)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter specifies the maximum time for GTP -PDU forwarding at the source RNC
during relocation of SRNS.
12.4 Inter-RAT Handover Parameters
12.4.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
MeasPrio Measurement Priority of Neighboring GSM Cell
RatHoTactic Inter-Rat Handover Tactic
UlBlerHoSwch UL BLER Switch for handover
DlPwrHoSwch DL Tx Power Switch for handover
UlPwrHoSwch UE Tx Power Switch for handover
Thresh[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN Cell for 3A
W[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT] Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A
ThreshSys[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other RAT for 3A/3B/3C
Hysteresis[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
Hysteresis
TrigTime[MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
Time to Trigger
TrfCatRatMIdx(CRat) Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
TrfCatRatMIdx(utranCell)
TrfCategory Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
EvtMeasRSCP UE Event Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH RSCP
InterRatCfgNo Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index
InterRatCfgNote Function of Configuration Parameters
MeasRptTrMod Measurement Report Transfer Mode
FilterCoeff(Rat) UTRAN Filter Coefficient(Rat)
OwnMeasQuantity UTRAN Measurement quantity
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 136
GsmFilterCoeff GSM Filter Coefficient(Rat)
BSICVeriReq GSM BSIC Verification Required Indicatior
UtranEstQual UTRAN Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
GsmCarrRSSIInd GSM Carrier RSSI Reporting Indicator
GeranCellInd GERAN Cell Indicator
RptCrt Report Criteria
EventNum Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number
Event Id [MAX_RAT_MEAS_EVENT]
Inter-RAT Event Identity
CellIndivOffset(gsmRelation) Cell individual offset(gsmRelation)
GsmStateMode UE State Indicator Used for GSM Neighboring Cell Configuration
GsmShareCover Share Cover Indication
NonIntraMeasQuan UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurements
EvtMeasEcNo UE Event Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH Ec/No
IntRatHoMth Inter-RAT Handover Method
PrdRptInterval Periodical Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH Ec/No
PrdRptAmount Periodical Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH RSCP
PrdMeasEcNo Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
PrdMeasRSCP Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
UseOfHCS(gsmRelation) Use of HCS
HcsPrio (gsmRelation) HCS_PRIO
PsInterSysHoSupp PS Inter-System Handover Indicator
DtmSuppInd Inter-System DTM Support Indicator
BscFeatSwitch Neighbouring BSC Feather Switch
LdBsdIntSysHOInd Loading based InterSys HO Support Indicator
CellLdInfoVldTim Duration of Valid Cell Load Infor
GsmUlRtLdThrd GSM Uplink RT Load Threshold
GsmUlLdThrd GSM Uplink Load Threshold
GsmDlLdThrd GSM Downlink Load Threshold
NaccSuppInd Nacc Support Indicator
HoToGsmPenTimer Handover to GSM Penalty Timer
ServBasedHoInd Service-Based Handover Support Indicator
ServHoSwch Service Handover Switch
ServHoComStra Service Handover Combination Strategy
AmrRatHoSwch AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
R99RtRatHoSwch R99 RT Inter Rat Handover Switch
R99NrtRatHoSwch R99 NRT Inter Rat Handover Switch
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 137
HsdpaRatHoSwch HSDPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
HsupaRatHoSwch HSUPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
T4StpIfMeaActRat Timer for Stopping Inter-frequency Measurement and Activating Inter-RAT Measurement
ServHoInd Service Handover Strategy Indicator
AmrServHoStra Service Handover Strategy of RNC for AMR
CS64ServHoStra Service Handover Strategy of RNC for CS64
PsRtServHoStra Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS RT service
PsNrtServHoStra Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS NRT service
TWaitContextReq Waiting Timer for SRNS Context Request
TWaitDataFwd Waiting Timer for SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND
TWaitRelCmd Waiting Timer for IU RELEASE COMMAND
12.4.2 Parameter Configuration
12.4.2.1 Measurement Priority of Neighboring GSM Cell
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->GSM Neighbouring Cell->GSM
Neighbouring Cell XXX-> Measurement Priority of Neighboring GSMCell
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement priority of the neighboring cell. 0 presents
the highest priority and 2 presents the lowest priority. This parameter should be
configured by the network planning engineer according to the actual conditions of the
current network, including the quality and geographic position of the inter -RAT
neighbouring cell.
12.4.2.2 Inter-Rat Handover Tactic
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Inter-RAT Handover Tactic
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 138
This parameter indicates the measurement event type (3A or 3C) that is used to trigger
the inter-RAT handover.
Event 3C can be triggered when the quality of the inter -RAT carrier frequency signal is
higher than a certain value. In contrast, the trigger of event 3A requires an additional
condition, that is, the quality of the carrier frequency signal of the current RAT must be
less than a certain value. Hence, the inter-RAT handover can be triggered more easily
when the parameter is set to 3C Event Trigger.
12.4.2.3 UL BLER Switch for Handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UL BLER Swich for Handover
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink BLER. When the switch is
on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter -RAT measurement i f the uplink
BLER quality arrives at the threshold.
12.4.2.4 DL Tx Power Switch for handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
DL Tx Power Switch for Handover
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on downlink transmit power. When
the switch is on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter-RAT measurement if
the downlink transmit power arrives at the threshold.
12.4.2.5 UE Tx Power Switch for handover
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
UE Tx Power Switch for Handover
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 139
This parameter indicates the handover switch based on uplink transmit power. When the
switch is on, the RNC will initiate compressed mode and inter-RAT measurement if the
uplink transmit power arrives at the threshold.
12.4.2.6 Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN Cell for 3A
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Information->Absolute Threshold of the Quality of UTRAN Cell for 3A
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold of the UTRAN cell quality that is used
by UE to judge event 3a. The range and unit of the parameter are related to the
measurement quantity of the cells of the UTRAN system.
The smaller the value configured, the more difficult the event 3a been reported.
12.4.2.7 Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Information->Weight of the UTRAN System for 3A
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the weight of the best cell in the quality judgment of event 3a. It
is used in judging the quality of the UTRAN system in inter-RAT measurement.
See the description of the formula in Section 7.1 for the effect of this parameter on the
inter-RAT measurement.
12.4.2.8 Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other RAT for 3A/3B/3C
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Information-> Absolute Threshold of the Quality of Other RAT for 3A/3B/3C
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 140
This parameter indicates the absolute threshold used when judging the quality of other
RAT configured for event 3a/3b/3c. The value range and unit of this parameter are
related to the measurement quantity of the cells of other systems. At present, the
measurement quantity can only be GSM Carrier RSSI of the GSM system, which
corresponds to the CPICH RSCP of the UMTS system. Hence, the value range and unit
of this parameter correspond to CPICH RSCP.
The larger the value configured, the more difficult event 3a/3b/3c be reported.
12.4.2.9 Hysteresis(Rat)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Information-> Hysteresis
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the hysteresis used when judging whether the event meets the
conditions of been triggered.
This parameter is related to the measurement quantity and the event type. If a small
hysteresis is configured, the corresponding event will be reported in a high probability;
and vice versa.
12.4.2.10 Time to Trigger(Rat)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Information-> Time to Trigger
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the time difference between the time that the event generation
is detected and the time that the event is reported. The event can be triggered and
reported only when the event is detected and still meets all requirements of event
triggering after Time to trigger.
The larger the value is, the stricter the judgment is for the event to be triggered. The
parameter should be configured according to the actual requirements.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 141
12.4.2.11 Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(Crat)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category Configuration Information -> Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration
Index Related to Traffic Category
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-RAT measurement configuration based
on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique inter-RAT measurement
configuration index. If multiple sets of handover parameters are configured, each cell
should use a different index. Hence, the inter-RAT handover parameters may be
different from each other.
12.4.2.12 Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic
Category(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index Related to Traffic Category
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-RAT measurement configuration based
on traffic type. Each traffic type corresponds to a unique inter-RAT measurement
configuration index. If multiple sets of handover parameters are configured, each cell
should use a different index. Hence, the inter-RAT handover parameters may be
different from each other.
12.4.2.13 Service and Bearer Type Used for Differentiating Handover Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category Configuration Information -> Service and Bearer Type Used for
Differentiating Handover Configuration
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 142
All the services are classified into eight categories according to the real-time attribute of
the services, channel type, and service quantity. This parameter indicates the service
and bearer type. The handover parameters can be configured flexibly for different
scenarios and the parameters may have different handover trigger thresholds and
hysteresis.
The value 0xff (Not Related to Service Type) is exclusively used in the measurement of
the detected set.
Table 12-3 Service Type Related UE Inter-RAT Measurement Parameter Configuration
Default Value
Fie
ld N
am
e
Defa
ult
Valu
e 1
Defa
ult
Valu
e 2
Defa
ult
Valu
e 3
Defa
ult
Valu
e 4
Defa
ult
Valu
e 5
Defa
ult
Valu
e 6
Defa
ult
Valu
e 7
Defa
ult
Valu
e 8
Defa
ult
Valu
e 9
TrfCatRatMIdx 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
TrfCategory 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0xff
PrdMeasEcNo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EvtMeasEcNo 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
PrdMeasRSCP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EvtMeasRSCP 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
12.4.2.14 UE Event Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category Configuration Information ->UE Event Report Configuration Index for
Own System CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-RAT measurement configuration for event
reporting judgment by the UE when the UMTS measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
12.4.2.15 UE Event Report Configuration Index for Own System CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 143
Traffic Category Configuration Information ->UE Event Report Configuration Index for
Own System CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the index of the inter-RAT measurement configuration for event
reporting judgment by the UE when the UMTS measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No
12.4.2.16 Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration-
> Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index
Parameter Configuration
Each inter-RAT measurement configuration with different measurement purpose and
measurement quantity is assigned with a unique inter -RAT measurement configuration.
This parameter indicates the index of the inter -RAT measurement configuration. This
configuration index is cited in the table “Inter-RAT measurement configuration
relationship of the service type-related UE”.
That is, the parameter Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index Related to
Traffic Category (namely TrfCat InterMIdx) is cited in the advanced parameter of the
serving cell and different Inter-RAT Measurement Configuration Index (namely
InterMeasCfgNo) can be selected aiming at the specific service type, measurement
purpose, and measurement quantity. This parameter can be used to meet various
requirements of network planning.
12.4.2.17 Function of Configuration Parameters
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information-> Function of Configuration Parameters
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the purpose and functions of the set of inter-RAT measurement
configuration parameters.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 144
12.4.2.18 Measurement Report Transfer Mode
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information-> Measurement Report Transfer Mode
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the transfer mode of the measurement quantity: acknowledge
mode or unacknowledged mode.
12.4.2.19 UTRAN Filter Coefficient(Rat)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Mesurement Configuration
Information->UTRAN Filter Coefficient
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the filtering factor that UE performs the L3 filtering on the
UTRAN measurement results of the inter-RAT measurement. The smaller the filtering
factor, the larger the effect of the measurement on the final result.
12.4.2.20 UTRAN Measurement quantity
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information->UTRAN Measurement quantity
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT measurement that
UE performs. After a new inter-RAT measurement configuration index is added, the
measurement quantity is fixed when the function of the set of the inter -RAT
measurement parameters is selected. For example, when the parameter
InterRatCfgNote is set to UE Event Report Parameters for Own System CPICH
RSCP, the value of UTRAN MeasQuantity is automatically set to the corresponding
CPICH RSCP.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 145
12.4.2.21 GSM Filter Coefficient(Rat)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Mesurement Configuration
Information->GSM Filter Coefficient
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the filtering factor that UE performs the L3 filtering on the GSM
measurement results of the inter-RAT measurement. The smaller the filtering factor, the
larger the effect of the measurement on the final result.
12.4.2.22 GSM BSIC Verification Required Indicatior
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Mesurement Configuration
Information-> GSM BSIC Verification Required Indicatior
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to confirm the base station identification code (BSIC)
of GSM cells when performing the inter-RAT measurement.
12.4.2.23 GERAN Cell Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->GSM Cell XXX->GERAN Cell Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the cell is a GERAn cell.
12.4.2.24 UTRAN Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Mesurement Configuration
Information-> UTRAN Quality Estimation Reporting Indicator
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 146
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the quality estimation value of the UTRAN
system.
12.4.2.25 GSM Carrier RSSI Reporting Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Mesurement Configuration
Information-> GSM Carrier RSSI Reporting Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to report the received signal strength indicator (RSSI)
of GSM cells.
12.4.2.26 Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information-> Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the criteria of reporting the inter-RAT measurement, including
the Event Reporting and Periodical Reporting.
12.4.2.27 Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information-> Inter-RAT Measurement Event Number
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the number of events that should be configured for the inter-
RAT measurement configuration index for a certain purpose.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 147
12.4.2.28 Inter-RAT Event Identity
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->UE Inter-frquence Measurement
Configuration Information-> Inter-RAT event identity
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the identity of the event triggered by the inter -RAT
measurement (3a~3d).
12.4.2.29 Cell individual offset(gsmRelation)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->GSM Cell ->GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Cell Individual
Offset(dB)
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the individual offset of GSM cells. When the value is positive, a
positive value is added to the measurement result to be judged. If the value is negative,
a negative value is added to the measurement result to be judged. See the introduction
to inter-RAT measurement in section 7.1.1 for the effect of this parameter on the
measurement report.
Through the configuration of the individual offset of a single cell, the trigger difficulty of
the cell can be adjusted to meet the actual requirements of network planning, thus
avoiding the need to modify the global handover parameters.
12.4.2.30 UE State Indicator Used for GSM Neighboring Cell Configuration
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->GSM Neighbouring Cell->GSM
Neighbouring Cell XXX ->UE State Indicator Used for GSM Neighboring Cell
Configuration
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the UE status applied to the GSM neighboring cell. When the
neighbouring cell is configured by status, the neighbouring cells lis t used for reselection
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 148
in nondedicated mode and the neighbouring cells list used for handover in dedicated
mode are differentiated as follows:
When SIB11 is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that supports the idle state or the
connected (Non-Cell_DCH) state from the neighboring cells list and fills in SIB11.
When SIB12 is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that supports the connected (Non-
Cell_DCH) state from the neighboring cells list and fills in SIB12;
When the measurement control message is to be sent, the UE selects the cell that
supports the Cell_DCH state from the neighboring cells list.
12.4.2.31 Share Cover Indication
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->GSM Neighbouring Cell->GSM
Neighbouring Cell XXX ->Share Cover Indication
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the neighboring relationship of the current cell and GSM
neighboring cell, including Neighbor, Overlap, Covers, and Contained in.
12.4.2.32 UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT
Measurements
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>UTRAN Measurement Quantity for Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Measurements
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the UTRAN measurement quantity (Ec/No or RSCP) for inter-
frequency and inter-RAT measurements. The measurement quantity RSCP is
recommended.
12.4.2.33 Inter-RAT Handover Method
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell-
>Inter-RAT Handover Method
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 149
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the handover method of Inter-RAT Handover.At present, Inter-
RAT measurement supports only the handover modes reported through events. The
IntRatHoMth parameter is invalid.
12.4.2.34 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH Ec/No
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category Configuration Information -> Period Report Configuration Index for Own
System CPICH Ec/No
Parameter Configuration
Only event report can be supported currently. So the following parameters for
periodically report is invalid: PrdMeasEcNo(RAT), PrdMeasRSCP(RAT),
PrdRptAmount(RAT), PrdRptInterval(RAT)
12.4.2.35 Period Report Configuration Index for CPICH RSCP
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Relative to
Traffic Category Configuration Information ->Period Report Configuration Index for Own
System CPICH RSCP
Parameter Configuration
Only event report can be supported currently. So the following parameters for
periodically report is invalid: PrdMeasEcNo(RAT), PrdMeasRSCP(RAT),
PrdRptAmount(RAT), PrdRptInterval(RAT)
12.4.2.36 Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View-> Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information->Amount of Reporting in Period Report Criteria
Parameter Configuration
Only event report can be supported currently. So the following parameters for
periodically report is invalid: PrdMeasEcNo(RAT), PrdMeasRSCP(RAT),
PrdRptAmount(RAT), PrdRptInterval(RAT)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 150
12.4.2.37 Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Modify Advanced Parameter-> UE Inter-Rat Measurement Configuration
Information->Reporting Interval in Period Report Criteria(ms)
Parameter Configuration
Only event report can be supported currently. So the following parameters for
periodically report is invalid: PrdMeasEcNo(RAT), PrdMeasRSCP(RAT),
PrdRptAmount(RAT), PrdRptInterval(RAT)
12.4.2.38 Use of HCS (gsmRelation)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->GSM Neighbouring Cell->GSM
Neighbouring Cell XXX ->Modify Advanced Parameter-> Use of HCS
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the HCS function is used.
12.4.2.39 HCS_PRIO(gsmRelation)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->External GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced
Parameter-> HCS_PRIO
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the HCS priority level of the gsm cell. 7 represents the highest
priority and 0 represents the lowest priority. A cell with a higher priority often provides a
smaller coverage and a cell with a lower priority often offers a larger coverageIMSI-
Based Handover Parameters
12.4.2.40 PS Inter-System Handover Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->PS Inter-System
Handover Indicator
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 151
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports PS inter-RAT handover. 0 indicates not
support, 1 indicates support.
12.4.2.41 Inter-System DTM Support Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->Inter-System DTM
Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports DTM mode, that is whether supports
inter-RAT handover both for CS domain services and PS domain services at the same
time. 0 indicates not support, 1 indicates support.
12.4.2.42 Neighbouring BSC Feather Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource
Management->Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->BSC:xx -
>BSC Office->BSC Config
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates neighbouring BSC feather switch.
12.4.2.43 Loading Based InterSys HO Support Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->Loading Based InterSys HO
Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether the target cell load information is taken into
consideration during the inter system handover procedure.
12.4.2.44 Duration of Valid Cell Load Info
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement Informat ion -
>Duration of Valid Cell Load Info
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 152
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the duration of inter-sys cell’s load information which is valid to
use before updating.
12.4.2.45 GSM Uplink RT Load Threshold
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter-
>GSM Uplink RT Load Threshold
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the uplink overload threshold for RT service in GSM system.
12.4.2.46 GSM Downlink RT Load Threshold
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter-
>GSM Downlink RT Load Threshold
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the downlink overload threshold for RT service in GSM system.
12.4.2.47 GSM Uplink Load Threshold
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter-
>GSM Uplink Load Threshold
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the uplink overload threshold in GSM system.
12.4.2.48 GSM Downlink Load Threshold
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External GSM Cell->GSM Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->GSM
Downlink Load Threshold
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 153
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the downlink overload threshold in GSM system.
12.4.2.49 Nacc Support Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->Nacc Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports NACC function or not.
12.4.2.50 Handover to GSM Penalty Timer
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Handover to GSM Penalty Timer
Parameter Configuration
When handover from UMTS to GSM is failed, the timer initiates, and RNC will not handle
inter-RAT measurement report until the timer is expiry.
12.4.2.51 Service-Based Handover Support Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports handover based on service.
12.4.2.52 Service Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Modify Advanced Parameter->Utran Cell ->
Service Handover Switch
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 154
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether sevice handover is allowed or not. When the “Service
Handover” IE is included in RAB assignment request, if the switch is open, RNC will
perform related process according to the value of “Service Handover” IE, otherwise RNC
will ignore the “Service Handover” IE.
12.4.2.53 Service Handover Combination Strategy
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Combination Strategy
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover combination strategy in multi-RAB, and
RNC will perform related process according to the highest priority value of IE “service
handover”.
12.4.2.54 AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->AMR Inter Rat Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether AMR inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
12.4.2.55 R99 RT Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->R99 RT Inter Rat Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether R99 RT inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
12.4.2.56 R99 NRT Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 155
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Configuration Supplement
Information ->R99 NRT Inter Rat Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether R99 NRT inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
12.4.2.57 HSDPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->HSDPA Inter Rat
Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether HSDPA inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
12.4.2.58 HSUPA Inter Rat Handover Switch
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->HSUPA Inter Rat
Handover Switch
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether HSUPA inter-Rat handover is allowed or not.
12.4.2.59 Timer for Stopping Inter-frequency Measurement and Activating Inter-RAT
Measurement
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Timer for Stopping Inter-frequency Measurement and Activating Inter-RAT
Measurement
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the time interval of issuing inter-frequency measurement and
inter-RAT measurement. When RNC issues inter-frequency measurement, the timer is
start. If the quality of non-used frequency is bad during the time length indicated by this
parameter, RNC will issue inter-RAT measurement if there is an inter-RAT neighboring
cell.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 156
The larger the value is, the slower the inter-RAT measurement is initialized, and vice
versa.
12.4.2.60 Service Handover Strategy Indicator
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Strategy Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover strategy controlled by RNC.
Bit0=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for AMR Service/Apply Service handover IE
for AMR Service
Bit1=0/1: Ignore Service handover IE for CS64 service/(Apply Service Handover IE
for CS64 Service
Bit2=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for PS RT Service/Apply Service Handover IE
for PS RT Service
Bit3=0/1: Ignore Service Handover IE for PS NRT Service/Apply Service Handover
for PS NRT Service
Bit4~Bit7 reserved, fixed to 0
12.4.2.61 Service Handover Strategy of RNC for AMR
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Strategy of RNC for AMR
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for AMR.
0:should be performed(should be performed)
1:should not be performed(should not be performed)
2: shall not be performed(shall not be performed)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 157
12.4.2.62 Service Handover Strategy of RNC for CS64
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Strategy of RNC for CS64
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for CS64.
0:should be performed(should be performed)
1:should not be performed(should not be performed)
2: shall not be performed(shall not be performed)
12.4.2.63 Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS RT service
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS RT service
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for PS RT service.
0:should be performed(should be performed)
1:should not be performed(should not be performed)
2: shall not be performed(shall not be performed)
12.4.2.64 Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS NRT service
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->RNC Radio Resource Management-
>Service Handover Strategy of RNC for PS NRT service
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the service handover strategy for PS NRT service.
0:should be performed(should be performed)
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 158
1:should not be performed(should not be performed)
2: shall not be performed(shall not be performed)
12.4.2.65 Waiting Timer for SRNS Context Request
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> Iu Interface Timers and Constants
Information-> Waiting Timer for SRNS Context Request
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates timer length waiting for SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST.
12.4.2.66 Waiting Timer for SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> Iu Interface Timers and Constants
Information-> Waiting Timer for SRNS Data Forward Command
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates timer length waiting for SRNS DATA FORWARD COMMAND.
12.4.2.67 Waiting Timer for IU RELEASE COMMAND
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter-> Iu Interface Timers and Constants
Information-> Waiting Timer for Iu Release Command
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates timer length that waiting for IU RELEASE COMMAND.
12.5 IMSI-based Handover Parameters
12.5.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
BasedImsiHoInd Handover Based on IMSI Support
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 159
MCC(rncPnSnac) MCC(rncPnSnac)
MNC(rncPnSnac) MNC(rncPnSnac)
ExtInfoDgtNum Extend Information Digits Num
ExtInfo[10] Extend Information
SMCC MCC of Shared Network
SMNC MNC of Shared Network
SNAC Shared Network Area Code
MCC(rncLcSnac) MCC(rncLcSnac)
MNC(rncLcSnac) MNC(rncLcSnac)
LAC(rncLcSnac) Location Area Code(rncLcSnac)
SNAC(rncLcSnac) Shared Network Area Code(rncLcSnac)
MCC(utranCell) Mobile Country Code(UtranCell)
MCC(externalUtranCell) Mobile Country Code(ExternalUtranCell)
MCC(gsmRelation) Mobile Country Code of Neighbouring GSM Cell(gsmRelation)
MNC(utranCell) Mobile Network Code(UtranCell)
MCC(externalUtranCell) Mobile Network Code(ExternalUtranCell)
MCC(gsmRelation) Mobile Network Code of Neighbouring GSM Cell
LAC(utranCell) Location Area Code(UtranCell)
LAC(externalUtranCell) Location Area Code(ExternalUtranCell)
SNAC[MAX_NUM_SNAC_PE
R_UTRANCEL](externalUtranCell)
Shared Network Area Code(ExternalUtranCell )
SNACNum(externalUtranCell) Shared Network Area Code Number(ExternalUtranCell )
SNAC[MAX_NUM_SNAC_PE
R_GSMCEL](externalGsmCell)
Shared Network Area Code(externalGsmCell )
SNACNum(externalGsmCell ) Shared Network Area Code Number (externalGsmCell)
12.5.2 Parameter Configuration
12.5.2.1 Handover Based on IMSI Support
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> RNC Configuration Supplement Information ->Handover Based on IMSI
Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 160
This parameter indicates whether RNC supports handover based IMSI or not.
12.5.2.2 MCC(rncPnSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->MCC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the mobile country code (MCC) of the IMSI card. See 0 in the
text for the use case.
12.5.2.3 MNC(rncPnSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->MNC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the mobile network code (MNC) of the IMSI card. See 0 in the
text for the use case.
12.5.2.4 Extend Information Digits Num
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->Extend Information Digits
Num
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the number of extend information digits included in the mobile
station identity number (MSIN) of IMSI. If the parameter is set to n, the first n digits of the
corresponding MSIN are extend information digits. The maximum value of this
parameter is 10.
12.5.2.5 Extend Information
OMC Path
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 161
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->Extend Information
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the MSIN of IMSI, namely the last 10 digits of the 15-digit IMSI.
This parameter in combination with the parameter Extend Information Digits Num
specifies an IMSI segment.
12.5.2.6 MCC of Shared Network
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->MCC of Shared Network
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates the MCC of the shared network, namely the MCC of the target
location area code (LAC) that the handover is allowed in.
12.5.2.7 MNC of Shared Network
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->MNC of Shared Network
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates the MNC of the shared network, namely the MNC of the target
LAC that the handover is allowed in.
12.5.2.8 Shared Network Area Code
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->User Authorized PLMN+SNAC Information->Shared Network Area Code
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the shared network area code (SNAC). It is defined by the
customer.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 162
12.5.2.9 MCC(rncLcSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->LAC and SNAC Information->MCC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter in combination with parameters MNC(rncLcSnac), LAC(rncLcSnac),
and SNAC(rncLcSnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in.
See 0 in the text for the use case.
12.5.2.10 MNC(rncLcSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->LAC and SNAC Information->MNC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(rncLcSnac), LAC(rncLcSnac),
and SNAC(rncLcSnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in.
See 0 in the text for the use case.
12.5.2.11 Location Area Code(rncLcSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->LAC and SNAC Information->Location Area Code
Parameter Configuration
This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(rncLcSnac), MNC(rncLcSnac),
and SNAC(rncLcSnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in.
See 0 in the text for the use case.
12.5.2.12 Shared Network Area Code(rncLcSnac)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->LAC and SNAC Information->Shared Network Area Code
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 163
Parameter Configuration
This parameter in combination with parameters MCC(rncLcSnac), MNC(rncLcSnac),
and LAC(rncLcSnac) specifies a target area code that the handover is allowed in. See
0 in the text for the use case.
12.5.2.13 Mobile Country Code(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->UtranCell Global Info>MCC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the MCC of the cells in the RNC.
12.5.2.14 Mobile Country Code(ExternalUtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External Utran Cell->External Utran Cell XXX->MCC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the MCC of UTRAN cells that do not belong to the RNC.
12.5.2.15 Mobile Country Code(externalGsmCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Gsm Cell ->Gsm Cell XXX->MCC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates in the MCC of the GSM cells.
12.5.2.16 Mobile Network Code(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->UtranCell Global Info>MNC
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 164
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the MNC of the cells in the RNC.
12.5.2.17 Mobile Network Code(ExternalUtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External Utran Cell->External Utran Cell XXX->MNC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the MNC of the cells that do not belong to the RNC.
12.5.2.18 Mobile Network Code(externalGsmCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Gsm Cell->Gsm Cell XXX ->MNC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates in the MNC of the GSM cells.
12.5.2.19 Location Area Code(UtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell ->Utran Cell XXX->UtranCell Global Info>LAC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the LAC of the cells in the RNC.
12.5.2.20 Location Area Code(externalUtranCell)
OMCR Interface
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External Utran Cell->External Utran Cell XXX->Location Area Code
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 165
This parameter indicates the LAC of UTRAN cells that do not belong to the RNC.
12.5.2.21 Shared Network Area Code(ExternalUtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->External Utran Cell->External Utran Cell XXX->SNAC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the shared network area code that the neighboring cell belongs
to. One cell can belong to at most four SNACs (shared network area code).
12.5.2.22 Shared Network Area Code Number(ExternalUtranCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> External Utran Cell ->External Utran Cell XXX->SNACNum
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the number of shared network area code that the neighboring
cell belongs to.
12.5.2.23 Shared Network Area Code(externalGsmCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Gsm Cell ->Gsm Cell XXX->SNAC
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the shared network area code that the neighboring cell belongs
to. One cell can belong to at most four SNACs (shared network area code).
12.5.2.24 Shared Network Area Code Number(externalGsmCell)
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Gsm Cell ->Gsm Cell XXX->SNACNum
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 166
This parameter indicates the number of shared network area code that the neighboring
cell belongs to.
12.6 HSDPA Handover Parameters
12.6.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
HspaSptMeth HSPA Support Method
T1d Timer for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
RncFeatSwitch Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
HsdpaCmAssoMode HSDPA Associate CM Method
12.6.2 Parameter Configuration
12.6.2.1 HSPA Support Method
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Cell Ability and Cell Reselection->HSPA
Support Method
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the support for various types of cells.
12.6.2.2 Timer for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Hspa Configuration Information-> Timer
for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
Parameter Configuration
For HSPA, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for the change of the
HSPA serving cell or the t ransition between the HS and DCH channels. A large value of
this parameter helps to avoid too frequent HSPA serving cell change and channel
transition.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 167
12.6.2.3 Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
OMC Path
View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource Management-
>Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->RNC:xx ->Adjacent RNC
Office-> Rnc Config
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates whether the relocation procedure is performed together with the
inter-frequency hard handover between RNSs or whether the Iur interface supports the
HSDPA/UPA feature.
12.6.2.4 HSDPA Associate CM Method
OMCR Interface
Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Hspa Configuration Information-> HSDPA
Associate CM Method
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the association between HSDPA and CM method.
The value “Serial” means HSDPA service will be reconfigured to DCH cannel before the
compress mode is activated.;
The default value is parallel.
12.7 HSUPA Handover Parameters
12.7.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
HspaSptMeth HSPA Support Method
RncFeatSwitch Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
HsupaCmAssoMode HSUPA Associate CM Method
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 168
12.7.2 Parameter Configuration
12.7.2.1 HSPA Support Method
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell->Utran Cell XXX->Cell Ability and Cell Reselection->HSPA
Support Method
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the support for various types of cells.
12.7.2.2 Neighbouring RNC Feather Switch
OMC Path
View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Ground Resource Management-
>Transmission Configuration->NE Information Configuration->RNC:xx ->Adjacent RNC
Office-> Rnc Config
Parameter Configuration
The parameter indicates whether the relocation procedure is performed tog ether with the
inter-frequency hard handover between RNSs or whether the Iur interface supports the
HSDPA/UPA feature.
12.7.2.3 HSUPA Associate CM Method
OMCR Interface
Path: View->Configuration Management->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Hspa Configuration Information-> HSUPA
Associate CM Method
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates the association between HSUPA and CM method.
The value “Serial” means HSUPA service will be reconfigured to DCH cannel before the
compress mode is activated.;
The default value is serial.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 169
12.8 MBMS Handover Parameters
12.8.1 Parameter List
Field Name Name on the Interface
MbmsSuptInd Support MBMS Indicator
T1d Timer for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
12.8.2 Parameter Configuration
12.8.2.1 Support MBMS Indicator
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management->Utran Cell ->Utran Cell XXX->Cell Ability and Cell Reselection->MBMS
Support Indicator
Parameter Configuration
This parameter indicates whether to support the MBMS. When the parameter is set to 0
(Not Support), the cell does not support the MBMS service.
When the parameter is set to 1 (Support MBMS and not MBMS), the cell supports both
the MBMS service and the mixed R99, R5, and R6 service. In this case, the cell can
either use a separate carrier frequency for establishing the co -coverage relationship or
HSC structure with other cells, or use the same carrier frequency as the neighbouring
cell.
When the parameter is set to 2 (Only Support MBMS), the cell supports only the MBMS
service. In this case, non-S-CCPCHs can neither be allocated separately for users nor
exist as the DCH channel of the concurrent service. The purpose of such a cell is to
share the load of the MBMS service.
12.8.2.2 Timer for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
OMC Path
Interface Path: View->Configuration Management ->RNC NE->RNC Radio Resource
Management-> Modify Advanced Parameter->Hspa Configuration Information-> Timer
for Event 1D in HSPA or MBMS
Parameter Configuration
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 170
For HSPA, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for the change of the
HSPA serving cell or the t ransition between the HS and DCH channels. A large value of
this parameter helps to avoid too frequent HSPA serving cell change and channel
transition.
For MBMS, this parameter indicates the minimum interval required for changing the best
cell of the MBMS service for two times caused by event 1d. This parameter helps to
avoid too frequent change between the PTP and PTM bearer types.
13 Counter And Alarm
13.1 Counter List
13.1.1 RNC Soft Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310322211
Statistics of soft handover prepare
C310322212
C310322213
C310322214
C310322215
C310322216
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by procedure C310322217
C310322218
C310322219
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by procedure C310322220
C310322221
C310322222
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by cause
C310322223
C310322224
C310322225
C310322226
C310322227
C310322228
C310322229
C310322230
C310322231
C310322232
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by procedure C310322233
C310322234
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 171
C310322235
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by cause
C310322236
C310322237
C310322238
C310322239
C310322240
C310322241
C310322242
C310322243
C310322244
C310322245
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by traffic class C310322246
C310322247
C310322248
C310322249
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by traffic class C310322250
C310322251
C310322252
C310322253
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by traffic class C310322254
C310322255
C310322256
C310322257
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by traffic class C310322258
C310322259
C310322260
C310322261
Number of active set update attempted to add cell, by traffic class
C310322262
C310322263
C310322264
C310322265
C310322266
C310322267
C310322268
C310322269
Number of active set update failed to add cell, by traffic class
C310322270
C310322271
C310322272
C310322273
C310322274
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 172
C310322275
C310322276
C310322277
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell, by traffic class
C310322278
C310322279
C310322280
C310322281
C310322282
C310322283
C310322284
C310322285
Number of active set update failed to delete cell, by traffic class
C310322286
C310322287
C310322288
C310322289
C310322290
C310322291
C310322292
C310322293
Statistics of active set update for HS-DSCH C310322294
C310322295
C310322296
C310322297 Number of active set update attempted to add cell for E-DCH, by procedure
C310322298
C310322299
C310322300 Number of active set update failed to add cell for E-DCH, by procedure
C310322301
C310322302
C310322303
Number of active set update failed to add cell for E-DCH, by cause
C310322304
C310322305
C310322306
C310322307
C310322308
C310322309
C310322310
C310322311
C310322312
C310322313 Number of active set update attempted to delete cell for E-DCH, by procedure C310322314
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 173
C310322315
C310322316
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by cause
C310322317
C310322318
C310322319
C310322320
C310322321
C310322322
C310322323
C310322324
C310322325
C310322326
Number of active set update attempted to add cell for E-DCH, by traffic class
C310322327
C310322328
C310322329
C310322330
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by traffic class
C310322331
C310322332
C310322333
C310322334
Number of active set update attempted to delete cell for E-DCH, by traffic class
C310322335
C310322336
C310322337
C310322338
Number of active set update failed to delete cell for E-DCH, by traffic class
C310322339
C310322340
C310322341
C310322342
Number of active set update for attempted add cell with multi -traffic C310322343
C310322344
C310322345
Number of active set update for failed add cell with multi-t raffic C310322346
C310322347
C310322348
Soft handover ratio
C310322349
C310322350
C310322351
C310322352
C310322353
C310322354
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 174
C310322355
C310322356
C310322357
C310322358
C310322359
C310322360
C310322361
Soft handover rate of E-DCH user C310322362
C310322363
C310322364
C310322379
Number of UE having DCH active set cell in cell
Number of UE having DCH active set cell in cell
C310322380
C310322381
C310322382
C310322383
C310322384
C310322385
C310322386
C310322387
C310322388
C310322389
C310322390
C310322391
C310322392
C310322393
C310322394
C310322395
C310322396
C310322397
C310322398
C310322399
C310322400
C310322401
C310322402
C310322403
C310322404
C310322405
C310322406
C310322407
C310322408
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 175
C310322409
C310322410
C310322475
Number of UE having E-DCH active set cell in cell
C310322476
C310322477
C310322478
C310322479
C310322480
C310322481
C310322482
C310322483
C310322484
C310322485
C310322486
C310322487
Statistics of active set update, by traffic
C310322488
C310322489
C310322490
C310322491
C310322492
C310322493
C310322494
C310322495
Statistics of active set update, by domain
C310322496
C310322497
C310322498
C310322499
C310322500
C310322501
C310322502
13.1.2 RNC Hard Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310332503
Number of int ra-Node B hard handover statistics
C310332504
C310332505
C310332506
C310332507
C310332508
C310332509
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 176
C310332510
C310332511
C310332512
C310332513
C310332514
C310332515
C310332516
C310332517
C310332518
C310332519
C310332520
C310332521
C310332522
C310332523
C310332524
C310332525
Number of inter-Node B hard handover statistics
C310332526
C310332527
C310332528
C310332529
C310332530
C310332531
C310332532
C310332533
C310332534
Number of inter-Node B hard handover statistics
C310332535
C310332536
C310332537
C310332538
C310332539
C310332540
C310332541
C310332542
C310332543
C310332544
C310332545
C310332546
C310332547
Number of SRNC Iur hard handover statistics C310332548
C310332549
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 177
C310332550
C310332551
C310332552
C310332553
C310332554
C310332555
C310332556
C310332557
C310332558
C310332559
C310332560
C310332561
C310332562
C310332563
C310332564
C310332565
C310332566
C310332567
C310332568
C310332569
Number of SRNC Iur hard handover statistics, by channel type
C310332570
C310332571
C310332572
C310332573
C310332574
Number of SRNC Iur hard handover statistics, by channel type
C310332575
C310332576
C310332577
C310332578
C310332579
C310332580
C310332581
C310332582
C310332583
C310332584
C310332585
C310332586
C310332587
C310332588
C310332589
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 178
C310332590
C310332591
C310332592
C310332593
C310332594
C310332595
C310332596
C310332597
Number of hard handover statistics, by source cause
C310332598
C310332599
C310332600
C310332601
C310332602
C310332603
C310332604
C310335701
Number of hard handover statistics,by inner source cause
C310335702
C310335703
C310335704
C310335705
C310335706
C310335707
C310335708
C310335738
C310332605
Number of CS hard handover statistics, by measurement quality
C310332606
C310332607
C310332608
C310332609
C310332610
C310332611
C310332612
C310332613
C310332614
C310332615
C310332616
C310332617
C310332618
C310332619
C310332620
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 179
C310332621
C310332622
C310332623
C310332624
C310332625
C310332626
C310332627
Number of PS hard handover statistics, by measurement quality
C310332628
C310332629
C310332630
C310332631
C310332632
C310332633
C310332634
C310332635
C310332636
C310332637
C310332638
C310332639
C310332640
C310332641
C310332642
C310332643
C310332644
C310332645
C310332646
C310332647
C310332648
C310332649
Number of hard handover statistics, by traffic class
C310332650
C310332651
C310332652
C310332653
C310332654
C310332655
C310332656
C310332657
C310332658
C310332659
C310332660
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 180
C310332661
C310332662
C310332663
C310332664
C310332665
Number of hard handover statistics, by domain
C310332666
C310332667
C310332668
C310332669
C310332670
C310332671
C310332672
C310332673
Number of int ra-RNC hard handover statistics, by channel type
C310332674
C310332675
C310332676
C310332677
C310332678
C310332679
C310332680
C310332681
C310332682
C310332683
C310332684
C310332685
C310332686
C310332687
C310332688
C310332689
C310332690
C310332691
C310332692
C310332693
C310332694
C310332695
C310332696
C310332697
C310332698
C310332699
C310332700
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 181
C310336076
Statistics of hard handover outgoing by siganlling
C310336077
C310336078
C310336079
C310336080
C310336081
C310336082
C310336083
C310336084
C310336085
C310336086 Statistics of hard handover outgoing by siganlling
13.1.3 Cell Relocation Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310342701
Statistics of attempted relocation preparation, by channel type
C310342702
C310342703
C310342704
C310342705
C310342706
C310342707
C310342708
C310342709
C310342710
C310342711
C310342712
C310342713
C310342714
C310342715
Statistics of attempted outgoing relocation, by channel type
C310342716
C310342717
C310342718
C310342719
C310342720
C310342721
C310342722
C310342723
C310342724
C310342725
C310342726
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 182
C310342727
C310342728
C310342729
Number of attempted relocation preparation, by traffic class
C310342730
C310342731
C310342732
C310342733
C310342734
C310342735
C310342736
C310342737
Number of attempted outgoing relocation, by traffic class
C310342738
C310342739
C310342740
C310342741
C310342742
C310342743
C310342744
C310342745
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342746
C310342747
C310342748
C310342749
C310342750
C310342751
C310342752
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342753
C310342754
C310342755
C310342756
C310342757
C310342758
C310342759
C310342760
C310342761 Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE not involved for CS domain
C310342762 Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause C310342763
C310342764 Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342765
C310342766
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 183
C310342767
C310342768
C310342769
C310342770
C310342771
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342772
C310342773
C310342774
C310342775
C310342776
C310342777
C310342778
C310342779
C310342780 Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE involved for CS domain
C310342781
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342782
C310342783
C310342784
C310342785
C310342786
C310342787
C310342788
C310342789
C310342790
C310342791
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE not involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342792
C310342793
C310342794
C310342795
C310342796
C310342797
C310342798
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE not involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342799
C310342800
C310342801
C310342802
C310342803
C310342804
C310342805
C310342806
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 184
C310342807 Number of attempted outgoin relocation with UE not involved for PS domain
C310342808 Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE not involved for PS domain, by cause C310342809
C310342810
Number of attempted relocation preparation with UE involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342811
C310342812
C310342813
C310342814
C310342815
C310342816
C310342817
Number of failed relocation preparation with UE involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342818
C310342819
C310342820
C310342821
C310342822
C310342823
C310342824
C310342825
C310342826 Number of attempted outgoing relocation with UE involved for PS domain
C310342827
Number of failed outgoing relocation with UE involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342828
C310342829
C310342830
C310342831
C310342832
C310342833
C310342834
C310342835
C310342836
C310342837
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342838
C310342839
C310342840
C310342841
C310342842
C310342843
C310342844 Number of failed incoming relocation with UE not involved for CS domain, by cause C310342845
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 185
C310342846
C310342847
C310342848
C310342849 Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause C310342850
C310342851
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342852
C310342853
C310342854
C310342855
C310342856
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE involved for CS domain, by cause
C310342857
C310342858
C310342859
C310342860
C310342861
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE not involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342862
C310342863
C310342864
C310342865
C310342866
C310342867
C310342868
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE not involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342869
C310342870
C310342871
C310342872
C310342873
Number of attempted incoming relocation with UE involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342874
C310342875
C310342876
C310342877
C310342878
C310342879
C310342880
Number of failed incoming relocation with UE involved for PS domain, by cause
C310342881
C310342882
C310342883
C310342884
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 186
13.1.4 Inter-RAT Cell Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310352885
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for CS domain
C310352886
C310352887
C310352888
C310352889
C310352890
C310352891
C310352892
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for CS domain
C310352893
C310352894
C310352895
C310352896
C310352897
Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain
C310352898
C310352899
C310352900
C310352901
C310352902
C310352903
C310352904
Number of failed incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain
C310352905
C310352906
C310352907
C310352908
C310352909 Number of attempted incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain(Cell Re-selection)
C310352910 Number of successful incoming inter-RAT handover for PS domain(Cell Re-selection)
C310352911
Number of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352912
C310352913
C310352914
C310352915
C310352916
C310352917
C310352918
Number of failed relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352919
C310352920
C310352921
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 187
C310352922
C310352923
C310352924
C310352925
C310352926
C310352927
Number of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter -RAT handovers
C310352928
C310352929
C310352930
C310352931
C310352932
C310352933
C310352934
Number of failed relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310352935
C310352936
C310352937
C310352938
C310352939
C310352940
C310352941
C310352942
C310352943 Statistics of outgoing CS and PS inter-RAT handovers(DTM)
C310352944
C310352945 Number of attempted outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352946
Number of failed outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310352947
C310352948
C310352949
C310352950
C310352951
C310352952 Number of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310352953
Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310352954
C310352955
C310352956
C310352957
C310352958
C310352959 Number of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Cell Change Order)
C310352960 Number of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Cell Change Order) C310352961
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 188
C310352962
C310352963
C310352964
C310352965 Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type C310352966
C310352967
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310352968
C310352969
C310352970
C310352971
C310352972
C310352973
C310352974
C310352975
C310352976
C310352977
C310352978
C310352979
C310352980
C310352981
C310352982
C310352983
C310352984
C310352985 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handoverrs, by channel type
C310352986
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310352987
C310352988
C310352989
C310352990
C310352991
C310352992
C310352993
C310352994
C310352995 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310352996
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310352997
C310352998
C310352999
C310353000
C310353001
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 189
C310353002
C310353003
C310353004
C310353005 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353006 Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353007
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353008
C310353009
C310353010
C310353011
C310353012
C310353013
C310353014
C310353015 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353016
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353017
C310353018
C310353019
C310353020
C310353021
C310353022
C310353023
C310353024
C310353025 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353026
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353027
C310353028
C310353029
C310353030
C310353031
C310353032
C310353033
C310353034
C310353035 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353036
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353037
C310353038
C310353039
C310353040
C310353041
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 190
C310353042
C310353043
C310353044
C310353045 Number of attempted outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353046 Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353047
Statistics of relocation preparation for outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353048
C310353049
C310353050
C310353051
C310353052
C310353053
C310353054
C310353055
Statistics of outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type
C310353056
C310353057
C310353058
C310353059
C310353060
C310353061
C310353062
C310353063
C310353064
C310353065
C310353066
C310353067
C310353068
C310353069
C310353070
C310353071
C310353072
C310353073
C310353074
C310353075
C310353076
C310353077
C310353078
C310353079
C310353080
C310353081
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 191
C310353082
C310353083
C310353084
C310353085
C310353086
C310353087
C310353088
C310353089
C310353090
C310353091
C310353092
C310353093
C310353094
C310353095
C310353096
C310353097
C310353098
C310353099
C310353100
C310353101
C310353102
C310353103
C310353104
C310353105
C310353106
C310353107
C310353108
C310353109
C310353110
C310353111
C310353112
C310353113
C310353114
C310353115
Statistics of outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by channel type C310353116
C310353117
C310353118
Number of speech outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by measurement quality
C310353119
C310353120
C310353121
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 192
C310353122
C310353123
C310353124
C310353125
C310353126
C310353127
C310353128
C310353129
C310353130
C310353131
C310353132
C310353133
C310353134
Statistics of outgoing R99 data inter-RAT handovers(CCO), by measurement quality
C310353135
C310353136
C310353137
C310353138
C310353139
C310353140
C310353141
C310353142
Number of DCH NRT outgoing inter-RAT handovers, by measurement quality
C310353143
C310353144
C310353145
C310353146
C310353147
C310353148
C310353149
C310353150
Number of DCH video outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement Quality
C310353151
C310353152
C310353153
C310353154
C310353155
C310353156
C310353157
C310353158
Number of DCH other RT outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement Quality
C310353159
C310353160
C310353161
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 193
C310353162
C310353163
C310353164
C310353165
C310353166
Number of HS-DSCH outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement Quality
C310353167
C310353168
C310353169
C310353170
C310353171
C310353172
C310353173
C310353174
Number of E-DCH outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement Quality
C310353175
C310353176
C310353177
C310353178
C310353179
C310353180
C310353181
C310353182
Number of VoIP outgoing inter-RAT handover,by measurement Quality
C310353183
C310353184
C310353185
C310353186
C310353187
C310353188
C310353189
C310353190
C310353191
C310353192
C310353193
C310353194
C310353195
C310353196
C310353197
C310353198
Statistics of outgoing inter-RAT handover,by start cause C310353199
C310353200
C310353201
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 194
C310353202
C310353203
C310353204
C310353205
C310353206
C310353207
C310353208
C310353209
C310353210
C310353211
C310353212
C310353213
C310353214
C310353215
C310353216
C310353217
C310353218
C310353219
C310353220
C310353221
C310353222
C310353223
C310353224
C310353225
C310353226
C310353227
C310353228
C310353229
13.1.5 HSPA Serving Cell Change Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310363230
Statistics of HS-DSCH serving cell change
C310363231
C310363232
C310363233
C310363234
C310363235
C310363236
C310363237
C310363238
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 195
C310363239
C310363240
C310363241
C310363242
C310363243
C310363244
C310363245
C310363246
C310363247
C310363248
C310363249
C310363250
C310363251
C310363252
C310363253
C310363254
C310363255
C310363256
C310363257
C310363258
C310363259
C310363260
C310363261
C310363262
C310363263
Statistics of E-DCH serving cell change
C310363264
C310363265
C310363266
C310363267
C310363268
C310363269
C310363270
C310363271
C310363272
C310363273
C310363274
C310363275
C310363276
C310363277
C310363278
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 196
C310363279
C310363280
C310363281
C310363282
C310363283
Statistics of E-DCH serving cell change
C310363284
C310363285
C310363286
C310363287
C310363288
C310363289
C310363290
C310363291
C310363292
C310363293
C310363294
C310363295
13.1.6 Inter-cell Hard Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310890001
Statistics of outgoing int ra-NodeB hard handover
C310890002
C310890003
C310890004
C310890005
C310890006
C310890007
C310890008
C310890009
C310890010
C310890011
C310890012
C310890013
Statistics of outgoing int ra-NodeB hard handover
C310890014
C310890015
C310890016
C310890017
C310890018
C310890019 Stattistics of outgoing inter-NodeB,intra-RNC hard handover
C310890020
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 197
C310890021
C310890022
C310890023
C310890024
C310890025
C310890026
C310890027
C310890028
C310890029
C310890030
C310890031
C310890032
C310890033
C310890034
C310890035
C310890036
C310890037
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RNC hard handover via Iur
C310890038
C310890039
C310890040
C310890041
C310890042
C310890043
C310890044
C310890045
C310890046
C310890047
C310890048
C310890049
C310890050
C310890051
C310890052
C310890053
C310890054
C310890055
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RNC hard handover switching in the CN
C310890056
C310890057
C310890058
C310890059
C310890060
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 198
C310890061
C310890062
C310890063
C310890064
C310890065
C310890066
C310890067
C310890068
C310890069
C310890070
C310890071
C310890072
C310890073
Stattistics of outgoing hard handover,by channel and traffic
C310890074
C310890075
C310890076
C310890077
C310890078
C310890079
C310890080
C310890081
C310890082
C310890083
C310890084
C310890085
C310890086
C310890087
C310890088
C310890089
Statistics of outgoing hard handover,by domain
C310890090
C310890091
C310890092
C310890093
C310890094
C310890095
C310890096
C310890097
C310890098
C310890099
C310890100
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 199
C310890101
C310890102
C310890103
C310890104
C310890105
C310890106
C310890107
C310890108
C310890109
C310890110
C310890111
C310890112
C310890113
C310890114
C310890115
C310890116
C310890117
C310890118
C310890119
C310890120
C310890121
C310890122
C310890123
C310890124
C310890125
C310890126
C310890127
C310890128
C310890129
C310890130
C310890131
C310890132
C310890133
Statistics of outgoing hard handover,by domain C310890134
C310890135
C310890136
13.1.7 Inter-cell Soft Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310880137 Stattistics of radio link addition for soft handover between cells
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 200
C310880138
C310880139
Number of failed radio link addition for soft handover between cells,by cause
C310880140
C310880141
C310880142
C310880143
C310880144
C310880145
C310880146
C310880147 Stattistics of radio link deletion for soft handover between cells
C310880148
C310880149
Number of failed radio link deletion for soft handover between cells,by cause
C310880150
C310880151
C310880152
C310880153
C310880154
C310880155
C310880156
C310880157 Stattistics of soft handover between cells
C310880158
C310880159
Number of failed soft handover between cells,by cause
C310880160
C310880161
C310880162
C310880163
C310880164
C310880165
C310880166
C310880167 Statistics of soft handover between cells for monitor set
C310880168 Statistics of soft handover,add Radio link,by channel and traffic
C310880169
C310880170
Statistics of soft handover,add Radio link,by channel and traffic
C310880171
C310880172
C310880173
C310880174
C310880175
C310880176
C310880177
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 201
C310880178
C310880179
C310880180
C310880181
C310880182
C310880183
C310880184
Statistics of soft handover,delete Radio link,by channel and traffic
C310880185
C310880186
C310880187
C310880188
C310880189
C310880190
C310880191
C310880192
C310880193
C310880194
C310880195
C310880196
C310880197
C310880198
C310880199
13.1.8 Inter-cell Detected Set Statistics
Counter No. Description
C310910200 Statistics of detected set
13.1.9 Inter-RAT Inter-cell Handover Statistics
Counter No. Description
C301460862 Number of HS-DSCH to 2G handover attempt
C310900001 Stattistics of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers C310900002
C310900003
Stattistics of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310900004
C310900005
C310900006
C310900007
C310900008 Stattistics of failed relocation preparation for outgoing CS inter -RAT handovers C310900009
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 202
C310900010
C310900011
C310900012
C310900013
C310900014
C310900015
C310900016
C310900017 Stattistics of attempted outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310900018
Stattistics of failed outgoing CS inter-RAT handovers
C310900019
C310900020
C310900021
C310900022
C310900023
C310900024
Stattistics of attempted relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover from UTRAN)
C310900025
C310900026
C310900027
C310900028
C310900029
C310900030
C310900031
Stattistics of failed relocation preparation for outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover From UTRAN)
C310900032
C310900033
C310900034
C310900035
C310900036
C310900037
C310900038
C310900039
C310900040 Stattistics of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover From UTRAN)
C310900041 Stattistics of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover From UTRAN) C310900042
C310900043
Stattistics of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers(Handover From UTRAN)
C310900044
C310900045
C310900046
C310900047 Stattistics of attempted outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310900048 Stattistics of failed outgoing PS inter-RAT handovers
C310900049
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 203
C310900050
C310900051
C310900052
C310900053
Stattistics of outgoing inter-RAT handovers,by Channel and traffic
C310900054
C310900055
C310900056
C310900057
C310900058
C310900059
C310900060
C310900061
C310900062
C310900063
C310900064
C310900065
C310900066
C310900067
C310900068
C310900069
C310900070
C310900071
C310900072
C310900073
C310900074
C310900075
C310900076
C310900077
C310900078
C310900079
C310900080
C310900081
C310900082
13.2 Alarm List
This feature has no related alarm.
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 204
14 Glossary
B
BLER Block error ratio
C
CIO Cell individual offset
CPICH Common Pilot Channel
CS Circuit switched
CTCP Common transmitted carrier power
D
DTCP Dedicated transmitted code power
E
Ec/No Received energy per chip divided by the power density in the
band
G
GSM Global system for mobile communciations
GERAN GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
H
HSDPA High speed downlink packet access
HSUPA High speed uplink packet access
I
IMS IP Multimedia Sub-system
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
M
MBMS Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
O
Handover Control Feature Description
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2010 ZTE Corporation. All rights reserved. 205
OLPC Outer loop power control
P
PS Packet switched
R
RAB Radio access bearer
RNC Radio network controller
RRC Radio resource control
RSCP Received Signal Code Power
S
SF Spreading Factor
SIR Signal to interference ratio
T
TFCS Transport format combination set
TG Transmission Gap
TGD Transmission Gap start Distance
TGL Transmission Gap Length
TGSN Transmission Gap Starting Slot Number
TGPL Transmission Gap Pattern Length
TTI Transmission time interval
U
UE User equipment
UTRAN UMTS Terrestrial radio access network
W
WCDMA Wideband CDMA, Code division multiple access